DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 1 (173)
Nokia Siemens Networks BSC and TCSM Rel. S14, Release Documentation
BSC/TCSM HW implementation for combined installation (ANSI/ETSI)
2 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
The information in this document is subject to change without notice and describes only the product defined in the introduction of this documentation. This documentation is intended for the use of Nokia Siemens Networks customers only for the purposes of the agreement under which the document is submitted, and no part of it may be used, reproduced, modified or transmitted in any form or means without the prior written permission of Nokia Siemens Networks. The documentation has been prepared to be used by professional and properly trained personnel, and the customer assumes full responsibility when using it. Nokia Siemens Networks welcomes customer comments as part of the process of continuous development and improvement of the documentation. The information or statements given in this documentation concerning the suitability, capacity, or performance of the mentioned hardware or software products are given “as is” and all liability arising in connection with such hardware or software products shall be defined conclusively and finally in a separate agreement between Nokia Siemens Networks and the customer. However, Nokia Siemens Networks has made all reasonable efforts to ensure that the instructions contained in the document are adequate and free of material errors and omissions. Nokia Siemens Networks will, if deemed necessary by Nokia Siemens Networks, explain issues which may not be covered by the document. Nokia Siemens Networks will correct errors in this documentation as soon as possible. IN NO EVENT WILL NOKIA SIEMENS NETWORKS BE LIABLE FOR ERRORS IN THIS DOCUMENTATION OR FOR ANY DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL OR ANY LOSSES, SUCH AS BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, BUSINESS OPPORTUNITY OR DATA,THAT MAY ARISE FROM THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT OR THE INFORMATION IN IT. This documentation and the product it describes are considered protected by copyrights and other intellectual property rights according to the applicable laws. The wave logo is a trademark of Nokia Siemens Networks Oy. Nokia is a registered trademark of Nokia Corporation. Siemens is a registered trademark of Siemens AG. Other product names mentioned in this document may be trademarks of their respective owners, and they are mentioned for identification purposes only. Copyright © Nokia Siemens Networks 2010. All rights reserved.
Contents
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 3 (173)
Contents
1 Purpose...................................................................................................9
2 Scope of applications ..........................................................................14
3 Using the document.............................................................................16 3.1 General info............................................................................................16 3.2 Upgrade macro ......................................................................................17 3.2.1 Structure.................................................................................................17 3.2.2 Communication ......................................................................................18 3.2.3 Log files..................................................................................................18
4 Introduction ..........................................................................................21
5 Pre-requirements..................................................................................23 5.1 Pre-requirements & Actions needed prior upgrade ................................23 5.2 Restrictions ............................................................................................23 5.3 Needed documentation ..........................................................................24 5.4 Needed equipment .................................................................................24 5.5 HIT and upgrade macros........................................................................25 5.5.1 System requirements for HIT .................................................................25 5.5.2 Installing HIT ..........................................................................................25 5.5.3 Installing HIT upgrading macros.............................................................25 5.5.4 HIT settings ............................................................................................26 5.5.5 Connection settings................................................................................27 5.5.6 Starting the HIT application / macro execution.......................................37
6 Fallback copying of the current package...........................................45
7 BSC configuration printout (pre-check).............................................46
8 Pre-actions before actual upgrade .....................................................47 8.1 Change the standalone TCSM3i to be combined TCSM3i.....................47 8.1.1 Remove following intracabinet cables from TCSA cabinet.....................47 8.1.2 Remove CLOC-B cartridge and install CLAC-B cartridge ......................50 8.1.3 Remove cartridge identification terminators from the cartridges ............52 8.1.4 Cable and marking changes to TCSA cabinet .......................................53 8.1.5 Cabinet location stickers and marking strips ..........................................56 8.2 Activate the PRFILE parameter in BSC .................................................58 8.3 Remove existing PCM’s 1280 – 1327 and 880 – 895 ............................58 8.4 BCSU-6 removal related to Flexi BSC ...................................................59 8.4.1 Move the traffic from BCSU-6 ................................................................60 8.4.2 Release resources from one BCSU .......................................................60 8.4.3 Remove the BCSU-6 from HW database...............................................60 8.4.4 Remove the BCSU-6..............................................................................61
Contents
4 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
9 Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON ..................................................................................... 66
9.1 Put power on to TCSA rack ................................................................... 66 9.2 Install SBUS and timing bus cables and terminators for CLS-0,
SBUS-0, CLAB-0 and CLAB-2 .............................................................. 66 9.2.1 Change the CLS-0, SBUS-0, CLAB-0 and CLAB-2 to SP-EX
state....................................................................................................... 66 9.2.2 Force WO-EX CLS-1, CLAB-1 and CLAB-3 to be active by
pressing its Forced control button in front panel from PIU .................... 67 9.2.3 Change the CLS-0, SBUS-0, CLAB-0 and CLAB-2 to SE-NH
state from the BSCC before installing the cables .................................. 67 9.2.4 Move or add cartridge existing identification terminators from
the BSCC or BSCD cabinet to TCSA cabinet........................................ 67 9.2.5 Connect the SBUS and timing bus cables............................................. 68 9.2.6 Install CLAB plug-in units to TCSA CLAC cartridge track 03 ................ 69 9.2.7 Change units state and run diagnostics to CLS-0, SBUS-0 and
CLAB-0 and CLAB-2 ............................................................................. 69 9.2.8 Release the CLS-1, CLAB-1 and CLAB-3 Forced control button
by pressing it. ........................................................................................ 70 9.2.9 Change CLS-0, SBUS-0, CLAB-0 and CLAB-2 to WO-EX ................... 70 9.3 Install SBUS and timing bus cables and terminators for CLS-1,
SBUS-1, CLAB-1 and CLAB-3 .............................................................. 70 9.3.1 Force WO-EX CLS-0, CLAB-0 and CLAB-2 to be active by
pressing its Forced control button in front panel from PIU .................... 70 9.3.2 Change the CLS-1, SBUS-1, CLAB-1 and CLAB-3 to SE-NH
state from the BSCC and BSCD before installing the cable.................. 71 9.3.3 Move cartridge existing identification terminators from the
BSCC or BSCD cabinet to TCSA cabinet.............................................. 71 9.3.4 Connect the SBUS and timing bus cables............................................. 71 9.3.5 Install CLAB plug-in units to TCSA CLAC cartridge track 04 ................ 72 9.3.6 Change units state and run diagnostics to CLS-1, SBUS-1,
CLAB-1 and CLAB-3 ............................................................................. 73 9.3.7 Release the CLS-0, CLAB-0 and CLAB-2 Forced control button
by pressing it. ........................................................................................ 74 9.3.8 Create the CLAC unit (WTC, WTU, WTP)............................................. 74 9.3.9 Create the TCSM3i cabinet (WTJ) ........................................................ 75 9.3.10 Create the FAN trays (WTC) ................................................................. 75 9.3.11 Create the SBUS unit ............................................................................ 75 9.3.12 Change CLAB unit state to WO-EX and SP-EX and run
diagnostic (USC, UDU).......................................................................... 76 9.4 Install SBMUX-A and ETS2 plug-in units, Hotlinks cables and
check SW256B strapping’s in MCMU-0 ................................................ 78 9.4.1 Change MCMU-0 and EMB-0 unit state to SE-NH (USC)..................... 78 9.4.2 Switch OFF the power from MCMU-0 ................................................... 79 9.4.3 Block alarm 3034 BUS FAILURE IN SWITCHING NETWORK............. 79 9.4.4 Install SBMUX-A and ETS2 cards to GTIC-2 and GTIC-3
cartridge and check the strapping’s....................................................... 79 9.4.5 Install cables.......................................................................................... 80
Contents
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 5 (173)
9.4.6 Switch ON the power from MCMU-0 ......................................................83 9.4.7 Create SBMUX-As (WTC, WTU, WTP)..................................................83 9.4.8 Create the STMU functional unit to GTIC-2 cartridge (WTU,
WTP, WUC)............................................................................................84 9.4.9 Change MCMU-0 and EMB-0 unit state to WO-EX (USC).....................85 9.5 Install Hotlinks cables and check SW256B strapping’s in
MCMU-1.................................................................................................87 9.5.1 Change MCMU-1 and EMB-1 unit state to SE-NH (USC)......................87 9.5.2 Switch OFF the power from MCMU-1. ...................................................87 9.5.3 Change SW256B card strapping............................................................87 9.5.4 Install cables ..........................................................................................87 9.5.5 Switch ON the power from MCMU-1. .....................................................90 9.5.6 Create SBMUX-As (WTC, WTU, WTP)..................................................90 9.5.7 Create the STMU functional unit to GTIC-3 cartridge (WTU,
WTP, WUC)............................................................................................90 9.5.8 Change MCMU-1 and EMB-1 unit state to SP-EX (USC) ......................92 9.6 Equipping ET units into STMU’s in ANSI and ETSI
environments..........................................................................................93 9.6.1 ANSI: Create the A-interface ET units into STMUs (WTU, WTP,
WUC). ....................................................................................................93 9.6.2 ETSI: Create the A-interface ET units into STMUs (WTU, WTP,
WUC) .....................................................................................................94 9.6.3 Create protection groups to STMU’s ......................................................96 9.6.4 Change STMU’s state, run diagnostic and update SW if
necessary (USC, WDI, WDR, UDU).......................................................96 9.6.5 Unblock alarm 3034 BUS FAILURE IN SWITCHING
NETWORK.............................................................................................98 9.6.6 Run diagnostic to MCMU’s (ABU, USC, UDU).......................................98 9.6.7 Install TR3E/TR3T plug in units to the TCSA cabinet ............................99 9.6.8 Create the TCSM3i cartridges (WTC) ..................................................101 9.6.9 Create TCSM units (WTU, WTP) .........................................................101 9.7 Copy the HW equipment database information to the disk
(DBC) ...................................................................................................103 9.8 Synchronization cables (OPTIONAL)...................................................103 9.9 Create the transcoder configuration. ....................................................105 9.10 Create the MASTER and REMOTE combined BSC/TCSM
configuration in ANSI environment.......................................................107 9.10.1 Create the REMOTE BSC ET PCM connection to MASTER
BSC (WTU, WTP) for ANSI..................................................................107 9.10.2 Connect the REMOTE BSC ET PCM connections to MASTER
BSC TCSM unit (RCC, RCA, RCB) for ANSI .......................................108 9.10.3 Create the ET & Combi BSC3i /TCSM3i connections to
REMOTE BSC (WTJ, WTC, WTU, WTP) for ANSI..............................110 9.11 Create the MASTER and REMOTE combined BSC/TCSM
configuration in ETSI environment .......................................................112 9.11.1 Create the REMOTE BSC ET PCM connection to MASTER
BSC (WTU, WTP) for ETSI ..................................................................112
Contents
6 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
9.11.2 Connect the REMOTE BSC ET PCM connections to MASTER BSC TCSM unit (RCC, RCA, RCB) for ETSI....................................... 112
9.11.3 Create the ET & Combi BSC3i /TCSM3i connections to REMOTE BSC (WTJ, WTC, WTU, WTP) for ETSI ............................. 113
9.12 Creating the MTP ................................................................................ 114 9.13 Creating the SCCP.............................................................................. 118 9.14 Creating the speech channels ............................................................. 120
10 Actions after upgrade & Post conditions........................................ 122 10.1 BSC configuration printout (post-check).............................................. 122 10.2 Fallback copying of the current package ............................................. 122
11 Appendix ............................................................................................ 123 11.1 CLAB_S jumper settings ..................................................................... 123 11.1.1 Standard settings (W1, W3, W4, W5-7, W9, W11, W12) .................... 123 11.1.2 Interchangeability code settings (W13) ............................................... 124 11.2 CLAB_U jumper settings ..................................................................... 125 11.2.1 Standard settings (W51, W66, W70, W74, W75, W82, W86) ............. 126 11.2.2 Interchangeability code settings (W73) ............................................... 126 11.3 ETS2 jumper settings .......................................................................... 128 11.3.1 Jumper W3 settings............................................................................. 128 11.3.2 Interchangeability settings SW1 .......................................................... 129 11.3.3 Unit configuration settings ................................................................... 129 11.4 SBMUX-A jumper settings................................................................... 130 11.4.1 SBMUX-A jumper settings in combined BSC/TCSM installation......... 130 11.4.2 PCM mode settings (SW1) .................................................................. 131 11.4.3 Interchangeability code settings (SW2) ............................................... 131 11.4.4 Serial Broadband 1 Interface settings (SW3) ...................................... 132 11.4.5 Serial Broadband SB2 settings (SW4) ................................................ 133 11.4.6 Serial Broadband SB3 settings (SW5) ................................................ 133 11.4.7 Serial Broadband interface SB4 settings (SW6).................................. 133 11.5 SW256B jumper settings ..................................................................... 134 11.5.1 PCM mode settings (SW1) .................................................................. 134 11.5.2 Interchangeability code settings (SW2) ............................................... 136 11.5.3 Serial Broadband SB1 settings (SW3) ................................................ 137 11.5.4 Serial Broadband SB2 settings (SW4) ................................................ 138 11.5.5 Serial Broadband SB3 settings (SW5) ................................................ 141 11.5.6 Serial Broadband interface SB4 settings (SW6).................................. 142 11.6 TR3E jumper settings .......................................................................... 145 11.7 TR3T jumper setting ............................................................................ 146 11.8 Appendix: TCSA-0 cabinet in BSC3i 1000 & Upgraded Flexi
BSC (ANSI) ......................................................................................... 148 11.9 Appendix: TCSA-0 cabinet in case of New delivery Flexi BSC
(ANSI).................................................................................................. 154 11.10 Appendix: TCSA-0 cabinet in BSC3i 1000 & Upgraded Flexi
BSC (ETSI).......................................................................................... 160 11.11 Appendix: TCSA-0 cabinet in case of New delivery Flexi BSC
(ETSI) .................................................................................................. 167
Contents
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 7 (173)
Summary of changes
8 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
Summary of changes
1.0-0 1st Approved version
1.1-0 CLAB-U plug-in unit’s information added. Chapter 9.11.2 updated (Connect the REMOTE BSC ET PCM connections to MASTER BSC TCSM unit (RCC, RCA, RCB) for ETSI).
1.2-0 Macro chapters updated (2.3.2 and 5.5)
1.3-0 Procedure name updated (BSC/TCSM -> BSC/TCSM). HIT macro chapter 5.5 updated. TR3T jumper settings information added. Appendixes 11.8 – 11.11 added. Chapter 9.2.4 and 9.3.3 updated. Minor updates to macro chapter 5.5.
1.4-0 BSCU 6 removing added to chapter 8.4
1.5-0 Synchronization cables when BSC Flexi (initial) in use added in chapter 8.1.5.
1.6-0 GTIC equipment chapters updated related to HW redundancy functionality (chapters 9.4-9.6).
1.7-0 Text in chapter 9.4.8 and 9.5.7 removed (related to transmission redundancy).
1.8-0 Minor corrections
1.9-0 Chapter 8.1.5 moved to chapter 9.8. Also minor chapter name updates
1.10-0 Terminator information removed from chapter 9.2.4 because this same information is described more closely in chapters 9.2.4 and 9.3.3. Cables TCSA_450-TCSA_465 removed from chapter 8.1.4 because the same cables are installed in chapters 9.4.5.1. Chapter 9.3.12 updated to contain instructions for each BSC option.
1.11-0 Note removed related to RT testing and macro pop-up windows checked and updated in chapter 5.5.6.
1.12-0 Chapter 8.3 updated. TR3T added to TCSM creation command in chapter 9.6.9. FTRB replaced with FTRB_A in fan tray creation command in chapter 9.10.3.
1.13-0 Position information corrected to cables TCSA 0_003 and TCSA 0_004 in chapters 9.2.5 and 9.3.4.
1.14-0 STMU ET creation commands updated (PCM information was missing) in chapters 9.6.1-9.6.3.
1.15-0 Note added related to OCTFIL parameter value to chapter 5.1.
Purpose
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 9 (173)
1 Purpose This document describes the implementation of BSC/TCSM HW implementation for combined installation at S14 SW level. The BSC/TCSM HW implementation for combined installation is only available for S14 level third generation DX200 BSC3i with BSC3i 1000, 2000 and Flexi BSC (both upgraded and new delivery) option.
Purpose
10 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
TCSA 0 cabinet with combined BSC/TCSM installation cartridges
Purpose
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 11 (173)
BSCC & TCSA 0 cabinets in combined BSC/TCSM installation where BSC part is BSC3i 1000.
Purpose
12 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
FTRB 0 (FTRB-A)
FTRB 2 (FTRB-A) FTRB 3 (FTRB-A)
FTRB 1 (FTRB-A)
PDFU 0PDFU-B
1
2
3
4
0
5
PDFU-BPDFU 1
CPETS-E CPETS-E
CLA
C-B
CLA
C 1
BCSU 7
0
0
0
0
0
4 8
6
4 8
8
GT4C-A GT4C-A
ETC 4 ETC 5
BCSU 9 BCSU 10BCSU 8
CC3C-B
BCSU 6
3
6
3
BSCD
06
1
2
3
4
0
CPETS-F/CPETC-F
CPETS-F/CPETC-F
CPETS-E/CPETC-E
CPETS-E/CPETC-E
CPETS-E/CPETC-E
Optional cabling cabinet
LASW
C-A
LAN
U 3
LASW
C-A
LAN
U 2
GT4C-A GT4C-A
ETC 2 ETC 3
9
6
FRONT SIDE
FTRB 0 (FTRB-A)
FTRB 2 (FTRB-A) FTRB 3 (FTRB-A)
FTRB 1 (FTRB-A)
PDFU 0PDFU-B
1
0PDFU-B
PDFU 1
CLO
C-B
CLO
C
BCSU 1 BCSU 2
SW10C-A SW10C-A
GSW2KB0
GSW2KB1
0
0
0
0 8
CC4C-A CC4C-A
BCSU 4 BCSU 5BCSU 3
CC3C-A/B
BCSU 0
3
BSCC
0 6
CM2C-A
OMU
84
84
0 63
MCMU1
MCMU0
2
3
4
5
GT6
C-A
ETC
0G
T6C
-A
ETC
1
GT4C-A
GTIC0
GT4C-A
GTIC1C
LAC
-B
CLA
C
LASW
C-A
LAN
U 1
LASW
C-A
LAN
U 0
CPETS-E CPRJ45-A CPGO
10
0 2 4 6 9
FTRB 0
FTRB 2 FTRB 3
FTRB 1
PDFU 0PDFU-B
1
2
3
4
0
5
PDFU-B
PDFU 1
TC2C-A
TC2C 1
0
0
0
0
6
0
6
9
0 6
CLA
C-B
CLA
C 2
6
3
GT4C-A
GTIC2
AIR GUIDE
6
GT4C-A
GTIC4
GT4C-A
GTIC3
TC2C-A
TC2C 0
TC2C-A
TC2C 5
TC2C-A
TC2C 4
TC2C-A
TC2C 3
TC2C-A
TC2C 2
CPGO8
TCSA
CC3C-A/B CC3C-A/B
CC3C-A/B CC3C-A/B CC3C-A/B
CC3C-B
CC3C-B CC3C-BCC3C-B
BSCC & BSCD & TCSA 0 cabinets in combined BSC/TCSM installation where BSC part is BSC3i 2000.
Purpose
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 13 (173)
BSCC & TCSA 0 cabinets in combined BSC/TCSM installation where BSC part is new delivery Flexi BSC.
Scope of applications
14 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
2 Scope of applications This document applies to BSC running with S14 software.
With the procedure documented here, the upgrade is to be done locally at the BSC site.
Persons performing the expansion work should have a good knowledge of the DX 200 system and preferably have previous DX 200 BSC expansion experience. The password of the BSC with authority 250 in all command classes and SIM cards of the operator network are needed. It is recommended that a backup is taken from the software package according to the document 'Safecopy Instructions of DX200 BSC' before installations. This document is included in the S14 NED.
Stability of the BSC should be verified, prior to hardware installation work, by checking the alarm history and unit states. Alarm history should be checked for all main computer units. Diagnostics should be executed for all units, which are modified during the extension. Change over should be made for all duplicated units. Diagnostics results and alarm history should be analysed to ensure that there are no problems in the BSC.
A wrist band ESD Earthing device or a corresponding method must be used when handling DX 200 hardware equipment.
It is recommended that installations are done during periods of low traffic, for example, at night time, to minimise any traffic disturbances. Each stage of the extension work should be commenced only if conditions remain stable. The BSC configuration should be returned to the last stable stage if unsolvable problems are encountered. During the extension work, the alarm situation should be monitored. All alarms that arise must be analysed and the reason for the alarm should be found.
The traffic ability of the BSC will be tested by separate call cases and traffic will be followed with specific commands (ZEEL, ZEEI, ZRCI, ZCEL and ZNET). If upgrade will be made at night time, the operational stability of the BSC should always be checked before leaving the site.
It is recommended that all available S14 Change Deliveries be installed to the BSC before the upgrade. The automatic return to old package - feature must not be in use during the upgrade, since the OMU restarts
Scope of applications
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 15 (173)
may cause the system to switch the active SW package. The status of the feature can be checked with ZWSI – command.
Using the document
16 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
3 Using the document
3.1 General info
The S14 BSC/TCSM HW implementation for combined installation can be done using the HIT (Holistic Integration Tester) software tool. Optional way is to make the upgrade manually by following this documentation.
The HIT software is a Microsoft Windows® based tool, which automates most of the tasks necessary for the software or hardware upgrade. The HIT software and the instructions are included in this manual. It is recommended that the HIT User's Manual is gone through before starting the program.
When using the HIT for upgrading BSC, these instructions should be followed for a more detailed description of the different phases, which take place during the upgrade. The upgrade macro menu dialog is designed to follow closely this document.
NOTE: The commands executed by the HIT macro do not always match exactly with the commands presented in the manual. This is because sometimes the automated tasks of the HIT macro require more commands and different command syntaxes, than are presented in the manual.
When using the HIT, the MML commands are executed automatically. It is not necessary to type any commands until it is specifically requested by HIT.
Using the document
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 17 (173)
3.2 Upgrade macro
3.2.1 Structure
All the SW & HW macros are gathered under one main macro (UPGMAIN.HIT), from which the wanted SW / HW upgrade can be selected. Regardless of which macro (SW or HW upgrade) is wanted to run, the user always starts with the same main macro.
Example of macro structure:
UPGMAIN.HIT
o Select wanted upgrade:
SOFTWARE UPGRADES
• SW upgrade S14 -> S14
• …
HARDWARE UPGRADES
• HW upgrade 1
• HW upgrade 2
• …
Under each upgrade / tool there is an upgrade specific menu which describes the steps which can be executed individually:
SW upgrade S14 -> S14 (selected from main menu)
o Select wanted step
Make fallback
Check Firmware
Make pre-check
Copy SW
Using the document
18 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
…
When a step is completed successfully, the user is brought back to upgrade menu and a “Done.” -sign will appear at beginning of the name of the step. If step execution fails for some reason, macro stops and user can correct the error manually and then continue macro execution normally.
If macro or computer freezes totally during step execution and macro needs to be restarted, user cannot re-run the incomplete step from the menu. In this case, the user must complete that certain step manually, using this documentation as guide. When the step has been completed manually, user can continue the macro execution from next available step. Note, that in the upgrade menu, there will be “Man.” –sign instead of “Done.” –sign at beginning of name of the manually executed step.
Note! Once, user enters from main menu to upgrade menu, only way to get back to the main menu is to restart whole macro.
3.2.2 Communication
The macro communicates with user by using the HIT Pop-up windows.
o Asking the user to give information (e.g. paths, file names, etc.) & other user selections.
o Error situations
o Manual execution steps (i.e. when macro expects user to do some actions manually (e.g. copy some files, install new HW /cabling etc.)
o Macro completion
3.2.3 Log files
The upgrade macro provides different log files, from where the user can verify the executed steps in macro and the success of the different steps & commands executed in the macro. There are three different kinds of information / log files:
• Log file from HIT Response window (<BSC_C-NUMBER>.log)
Using the document
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 19 (173)
o This log contains all the information of the macro execution (each MML command and the whole output of the macro execution)
o User can accept the default log-file name or specify a new one. Macro gives following pop-up window for selection:
o Macro writes separate log files for following steps:
- Configuration printout (PRE)
- Firmware
- Lug-in unit software upgrade
- Safecopy
Using the document
20 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
- Transfer software to BSC
- Configuration printout (PRE)
o The same information can be found from both from a “main” log file and from these specified smaller log files.
• Log file from HIT Message window (Messages.log)
o The contents of the message window are saved after macro execution.
o Information about errors in macro execution
• “Log print” of HIT (TimeTable.log) This is a shorter description of the execution of the macro, and the log contains information about:
o Starting an execution step in macro
o Completion of execution step in macro
If macro execution is stopped for some reason, the log files still remain in the folder the user has specified. When macro execution is started again, the log writing is continued from the end of existing log files. All previously written log information remains intact and nothing is overwritten.
Introduction
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 21 (173)
4 Introduction The S14 BSC/TCSM HW implementation for combined installation to DX200 BSC3i 1000, 2000 or Flexi BSC capacity upgrade consists of the following tasks:
Daytime tasks:
• Fallback copying of the current software package • BSC configuration printout (pre-check) • Top covers and side plates are removed from the basic rack* • Extension rack frame is placed and fixed into the basic rack* • Extension rack is grounded to the basic rack * • Top covers, doors and side plates are installed* • Power supply wires are connected, but power still OFF* • Tasks to end of chapter 8.4 *These are expected to be done before starting the installation procedure with S14 BSC3i 2000 Extension installation.
Night time tasks in low traffic hours (about: 6-8 hours):
• Rest of the cabling (internal and cables between the racks) from chapter 8.5
• Plug-in Units installation • Configuring the HW to HW database • Connecting external PCM cables • BSC configuration printout (post-check) • Fallback copying of new HW package
If needed daytime tasks after combined BSC/TCSM upgrade: • Configuring TCSM3i functionality begin of chapter 9.9 onwards
It is recommended that a fallback copying of the software package is taken before and after the HW upgrade. The BSC configuration printout contains all the checking needed to prove that the BSC is ready for the actual upgrade.
Introduction
22 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
Check that the required amounts of plug-in units for the extension are available. It is also recommended to have tested spare parts available. Verify that the plug-in unit interchange ability codes and versions are correct and in accordance with the document DX200 BSC and TCSM Hardware Revisions List System release S14. This document is delivered in the S14 Software Release binders.
Therefore a DX 200 installation group is required. Because this procedure will be carried out during the normal operation of the BSC equipment and without any power interruption or effect on the traffic, the working time may be agreed during the night time (low traffic condition).
Pre-requirements
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 23 (173)
5 Pre-requirements
5.1 Pre-requirements & Actions needed prior upgrade
Verify that following requirements are met before upgrade starting:
• It is recommended that all S14 Change Deliveries (general) are installed to the BSC
• The password of the BSC with full authority 250 in all command classes
IMPORTANT! When operating in Flexi BSC, make sure that OCTFIL parameter SEL_OCTFIL_VARIANT_TO (class 2, parameter 1552) value is correct:
Upgraded Flexi BSC 3000/4200 0000
Initial Flexi BSC 3000/4200 0001
If OCTFIL value is incorrect, it may cause upgrade procedure to work wrongly. The OCTFIL information is one of the input information which macro uses (when macro is started) for analyse the used BSC type. When value is incorrect for some reason, the macro may execute the wrong steps during procedure execution.
5.2 Restrictions
System restart is made during upgrade (chapter 9.8).
Pre-requirements
24 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
5.3 Needed documentation
To perform the upgrade successfully, the following documentation is required:
• S14 BSC/TCSM HW implementation for combined installation procedure (this document)
• Installing BSC3i and TCSM3i (DN01154801)
• Interconnection Cables in TCSM3i (DN0577965)
• Cabling Instructions for TCSM3i (DN0577759)
• Equipment List for TCSM3i (DN0577977)
• Jumper Settings of the Cartridges in BSC3i and TCSM3i (DN01154813)
• Jumper Settings of the Plug-in Units in BSC3i and in TCSM3i (DN01154825)
• Connector Panels and External Cables in BSC3i and TCSM3i (DN0620179)
• Safecopy instructions of DX200 BSC for S14 (NED)
• BSC/TCSM upgrade for SDH/Sonet equipment protection (optional)
• BSC configuration printout
5.4 Needed equipment
To perform the upgrade successfully, the following hardware are required:
- SIM cards of the network and mobile phone(s)
- Tools for removing the old cabling and cartridges (e.g. BSC
commissioning tool kit)
- TCSA-cabinet with combined cabling set (needed plug-in units and
cablings etc.)
- PC with installed HIT and upgrading macro
Pre-requirements
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 25 (173)
5.5 HIT and upgrade macros
5.5.1 System requirements for HIT
HIT 2.10-3 swup is designed to operate on Windows XP and Windows 2000.
The HIT installation requires approximately 20MB disk space, of which the documentation occupies approximately 5MB.
5.5.2 Installing HIT
It is necessary to go through this section only if the HIT release 2.10-3 swup has not been installed. If the software has already been installed, proceed to the next section: Installing HIT upgrading macros.
HIT release 2.10-3 swup is delivered in S14 Release Binder found from NOLS (Nokia Online Services). The installation of the software is done by executing the SETUP.EXE -program and following the instructions of the installation program.
5.5.3 Installing HIT upgrading macros
After the HIT program has been installed, it is necessary to install the upgrading macros. The S14 upgrading macros are included in the S14 Release Binder which can be found from NOLS (Nokia Online Services). Release binder contains all the macros used in different upgrades related to S14.
To install the macros into PC, execute the S14 macros.exe program. When the exe –file is run the following dialog will appear:
Pre-requirements
26 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
Specify the folder to which the macros will be installed, press Unzip and the macros will be installed.
This zipped executable file includes the whole upgrade macro and the needed directory structure. The only user executable file, “UPGMAIN.HIT”, is extracted to root directory of S14 macro folder.
5.5.4 HIT settings
Before running HIT, it is recommended that the 'use of FIFO buffers' be turned off from the used communications port. This needs to be done, because some PCs communications port handling is unreliable with this setting active.
It is recommended that you contact your local PC support for instructions on how to turn off the use of FIFO buffers.
If you are familiar with the settings of the PC, here's an example of how to turn the use of FIFO buffers off. In Windows 2000, the use of FIFO buffers is turned off in the following way:
1. Start Control Panel
2. From Control Panel select System
3. In the System Properties –dialog select Hardware/Device Manager
4. In Device Manager select desired communications port (usually COM1) and double-click it
5. In Communications Port (COMx) Properties –dialog select Port Settings
6. In Port Settings select Advanced
Pre-requirements
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 27 (173)
7. In Advanced Port Settings –dialog deactivate the 'Use FIFO buffers' and press OK
8. Close all the opened dialogs by pressing OK
When opening the HIT program the first time, remember to check/create the used device (ref. Hitguide.doc). It is recommended to use the network element name for the devices.
5.5.5 Connection settings
When opening the HIT program the first time, remember to check/create the used devices (ref. Hitguide.doc). When the macro is started, the available devices are listed to select device to be connected.
Following connection types are supported:
• Local connection (COM)
• Telnet
• SSH
• Via Netact (Telnet/SSH)
5.5.5.1 Configuration example for creating Telnet / SSH /NetAct connection
Select Device > Set Configuration… from menu.
Following window appears
Pre-requirements
28 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
Select New TCP/IP…
Give name for connection and IP address of OMU or NetAct server.
Note! If you want to use an existing HIT2.INI file, copy it in same folder where HIT2.EXE is.
Pre-requirements
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 29 (173)
Select Login sheet and define the username and password of BSC MML session.
Note! In case of defining NetAct device, add BSC username and password to login page, because S14 macro asks from user the NetAct communication server username and password
Pre-requirements
30 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
Select Terminal sheet and define the MML log file.
Pre-requirements
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 31 (173)
If connection type is Telnet, press OK. In SSH connection, define also settings of SSH sheet.
Pre-requirements
32 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
Press OK.
Press “Advanced” –button and define security level to medium or low level.
Pre-requirements
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 33 (173)
When MML-connection is created first time, user needs to press Y-button to questions given in MML-session.
This above definition decreases the amount of key questions. E.g. when security level is defined to be low following MML-connection printings are given: The server's host key is not cached in the registry. You have no guarantee that the server is the computer you think it is. The server's rsa2 key fingerprint is: ssh-rsa 1024 2a:55:f4:49:b6:c3:f4:af:89:bf:f7:a6:74:4d:fb:e2 If you trust this host, enter "y" to add the key to PuTTY's cache and carry on connecting. If you want to carry on connecting just once, without adding the key to the cache, enter "n". If you do not trust this host, press Return to abandon the connection. Store key in cache? (y/n)
5.5.5.2 Configuration example for creating COM connection
Select Device > Set Configuration… from menu.
Following window appears
Pre-requirements
34 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
Select New COM…
Give name for connection and define COM port.
Note! If you want to use an existing HIT2.INI file, copy it in same folder where HIT2.EXE is.
Pre-requirements
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 35 (173)
Select Login sheet and define the username and password of BSC MML session.
Pre-requirements
36 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
Select Terminal sheet and define the MML log file.
Pre-requirements
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 37 (173)
Press OK.
5.5.6 Starting the HIT application / macro execution
First of all, close List and Macro windows, as those are not needed. In Response window all MML commands are printed out. It is recommended to keep Messages window as big as possible to able to follow up the macro execution. The important information is printed out to the messages window.
Pre-requirements
38 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
Open file UPGMAIN.HIT from the location it was extracted and press Green Arrow to start the execution.
At the beginning, the main menu is shown and macro prompts user to choose which upgrade to execute. Clicking “CANCEL” in main menu aborts the macro execution.
Pre-requirements
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 39 (173)
Select target network element from the list.
When procedure execution is stopped for some reason and macro needs to be run twice, in second execution user needs to be select weather already existing ini file will be used or not.
Pre-requirements
40 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
If No is selected, the user must delete existing ini- file and start the macro execution again. Ini file contains variable values, user has been chosen in first execution, e.g. new package name or directory.
User may choose the location where the macro log files should be saved.
Also, user can define whether to use default log file name or define own.
Pre-requirements
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 41 (173)
The status of the current BSC software package is checked. Note that the current software package must be with status BU before the actual upgrade can be started. The software status is to be checked with command:
ZWQO:RUN;
Check from the output that all the computer units which are currently in use are running on correct software package with the status BU. If the software package status is FB or NW, find out the cause for the setting.
If the status of the package is something else than BU, macro gives following pop-up window:
Pre-requirements
42 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
The status can be changed to BU with command:
ZWSC:STAT=NW:STAT=BU;
The active and blocked alarms (DX200 and BTS alarms) can be printed out with following commands:
ZAHO; ZABO; ZEOL; ZEOE;
Alarm printings can be skipped and macro asks user about the wanted action with following pop-up:
Some environment information is checked with following commands: ZQRI; ZIWQ:,OMU:WS=0,; ZDCD; ZUSI:ALL; ZWTI:P:OMU; ZUSI:BCSU; ZWTI:P:GSW,0; ZYE?
This information is gathered for BSC type analysis.
Pre-requirements
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 43 (173)
IMPORTANT! If MML session is needed during upgrade, open another MML connection than specified for the upgrade execution. The same MML connection usage for interrogate or modification purposes may confuse the macro execution.
The procedure dialog is divided in main chapters, which may also contain sub-chapters. Chapters and their sub-chapters correspond directly to the document. Select the chapter to run and press OK.
Note! In order to complete upgrade successfully, the chapters and steps must be executed in ascending order.
Select a step to run and press OK.
Pre-requirements
44 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
Fallback copying of the current package
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 45 (173)
6 Fallback copying of the current package A fallback copying of the running software package must be made before the upgrade. A Fallback copying can be made by using the macro (UPGMAIN.HIT).
By default, the macro creates the fallback build (status FB) on the BSC’s disk. Fallback can also be copied to MO, DAT or USB if needed.
Manually, the fallback copying can be made following the document: Safecopying in BSC. The document can be found from NED.
BSC configuration printout (pre-check)
46 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
7 BSC configuration printout (pre-check) The information about the BSC configurations and conditions are collected.
Precondition checking is recommended to do during the daytime before the actual upgrade will be started. The checking can be made by using the macro (UPGMAIN.HIT) or manually following the instructions from “BSC configuration printout”-document delivered in S14 Release Binder.
For macro execution, choose the BSC configuration printout step in BSC/TCSM HW implementation for combined installation procedure. Follow then the macro execution according the BSC configuration printout –document.
Pre-actions before actual upgrade
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 47 (173)
8 Pre-actions before actual upgrade
8.1 Change the standalone TCSM3i to be combined TCSM3i
Instructions for new delivered TCSM3i, which will be configured to combined BSC/TCSM configuration, this phase is done without power in the rack.
NOTE! Use Cabling Instructions document for TCSM3i and Cabling Instructions documents for cabinet upgrade sets of combined BSC/TCSM installation in cabling phase. These documents describe the basic principles of routing intra-cabinet and inter-cabinet cables in the Standalone TCSM3i and combined BSC/TCSM installation
8.1.1 Remove following intracabinet cables from TCSA cabinet
These cables are not included in parts list. They are existing cables which will be removed in upgrading procedure.
Equipping CABLE FROM CABLE TO
No FU Position FU Position Type Use Note
TCSA_065 CLOC 1.0B 05S1 TC2C 0 2.0B 02.4P CHI020 AL
TCSA_066 CLOC 1.0B 05R1 TC2C 0 2.0B 02.4A CHJ023 AL/CGS
TCSA_070 CLOC 1.0B 00R3 ETC 0 1.3B 03.2U CFIZ013 SYNC 1)
Pre-actions before actual upgrade
48 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
Equipping CABLE FROM CABLE TO
No FU Position FU Position Type Use Note
TCSA_071 CLOC 1.0B 00R2 ETC 0 1.3B 02.2U CFIZ013 SYNC 1)
TCSA_072 CLOC 1.0B 00R1 ETC 0 1.3B 01.2U CFIZ013 SYNC 1)
TCSA_073 CLOC 1.0B 01R1 ETC 0 1.3B 04.2U CFIZ013 SYNC 1)
TCSA_080 CLOC 1.0B 00S7 TC2C 0 2.0B 19.2U CHA020 PCM Control
TCSA_081 CLOC 1.0B 00S8 TC2C 0 2.0B 19.2W CHA020 PCM Control
TCSA_090 TC2C 0 2.0B 19.1R ETC 1 1.6B 02.2M CHF018 PCM A interface, internal
TCSA_091 TC2C 0 2.0B 19.1N ETC 2 1.9B 01.2M CHF016 PCM A interface, internal
TCSA_092 TC2C 0 2.0B 19.1J ETC 1 1.6B 01.2M CHF018 PCM A interface, internal
TCSA_093 TC2C 0 2.0B 19.1E ETC 0 1.3B 01.2M CHF020 PCM A interface, internal
TCSA_094 TC2C 1 2.6B 19.1R ETC 1 1.6B 04.2M CHF014 PCM A interface, internal
TCSA_095 TC2C 1 2.6B 19.1N ETC 2 1.9B 02.2M CHF012 PCM A interface, internal
TCSA_096 TC2C 1 2.6B 19.1J ETC 1 1.6B 03.2M CHF014 PCM A interface, internal
TCSA_097 TC2C 1 2.6B 19.1E ETC 0 1.3B 02.2M CHF016 PCM A interface, internal
TCSA_098 TC2C 2 4.0B 19.1R ETC 1 1.6B 06.2M CHF023 PCM A interface, internal
TCSA_099 TC2C 2 4.0B 19.1N ETC 2 1.9B 03.2M CHF021 PCM A interface, internal
TCSA_100 TC2C 2 4.0B 19.1J ETC 1 1.6B 05.2M CHF023 PCM A interface, internal
TCSA_101 TC2C 2 4.0B 19.1E ETC 0 1.3B 03.2M CHF025 PCM A interface, internal
TCSA_102 TC2C 3 4.6B 19.1R ETC 1 1.6B 08.2M CHF019 PCM A interface, internal
TCSA_103 TC2C 3 4.6B 19.1N ETC 2 1.9B 04.2M CHF017 PCM A interface, internal
TCSA_104 TC2C 3 4.6B 19.1J ETC 1 1.6B 07.2M CHF019 PCM A interface, internal
TCSA_105 TC2C 3 4.6B 19.1E ETC 0 1.3B 04.2M CHF021 PCM A interface, internal
TCSA_106 TC2C 4 5.0B 19.1R ETC 2 1.9B 06.2M CHF023 PCM A interface, internal
TCSA_107 TC2C 4 5.0B 19.1N ETC 0 1.3B 06.2M CHF027 PCM A interface, internal
TCSA_108 TC2C 4 5.0B 19.1J ETC 2 1.9B 05.2M CHF023 PCM A interface, internal
TCSA_109 TC2C 4 5.0B 19.1E ETC 0 1.3B 05.2M CHF027 PCM A interface, internal
TCSA_110 TC2C 5 5.6B 19.1R ETC 2 1.9B 08.2M CHF020 PCM A interface, internal
TCSA_111 TC2C 5 5.6B 19.1N ETC 0 1.3B 08.2M CHF024 PCM A interface, internal
TCSA_112 TC2C 5 5.6B 19.1J ETC 2 1.9B 07.2M CHF020 PCM A interface, internal
TCSA_113 TC2C 5 5.6B 19.1E ETC 0 1.3B 07.2M CHF024 PCM A interface, internal
Pre-actions before actual upgrade
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 49 (173)
Equipping CABLE FROM CABLE TO
No FU Position FU Position Type Use Note
TCSA_120 TC2C 0 2.0B 19.1C TC2C 0 2.0B 17.2O CHE007 PCM Ater interface, internal 2)
TCSA_121 TC2C 0 2.0B 19.1A TC2C 0 2.0B 17.2M CHE007 PCM Ater interface, internal 2)
TCSA_122 TC2C 1 2.6B 19.1C TC2C 1 2.6B 17.2O CHE007 PCM Ater interface, internal 2)
TCSA_123 TC2C 1 2.6B 19.1A TC2C 1 2.6B 17.2M CHE007 PCM Ater interface, internal 2)
TCSA_124 TC2C 2 4.0B 19.1C TC2C 2 4.0B 17.2O CHE007 PCM Ater interface, internal 2)
TCSA_125 TC2C 2 4.0B 19.1A TC2C 2 4.0B 17.2M CHE007 PCM Ater interface, internal 2)
TCSA_126 TC2C 3 4.6B 19.1C TC2C 3 4.6B 17.2O CHE007 PCM Ater interface, internal 2)
TCSA_127 TC2C 3 4.6B 19.1A TC2C 3 4.6B 17.2M CHE007 PCM Ater interface, internal 2)
TCSA_128 TC2C 4 5.0B 19.1C TC2C 4 5.0B 17.2O CHE007 PCM Ater interface, internal 2)
TCSA_129 TC2C 4 5.0B 19.1A TC2C 4 5.0B 17.2M CHE007 PCM Ater interface, internal 2)
TCSA_130 TC2C 5 5.6B 19.1C TC2C 5 5.6B 17.2O CHE007 PCM Ater interface, internal 2)
TCSA_131 TC2C 5 5.6B 19.1A TC2C 5 5.6B 17.2M CHE007 PCM Ater interface, internal 2)
Notes: 1) Synchronisation cables TCSA_070 - TCSA_073 have been connected in the factory to the CLOC and the ETC 0 as specified in the table (default positions). However, cartridge and connector positions at the ETC end are freely selectable and may have been changed by the customer according to the table below. ETC 0 & ETC 1 & ETC 2:
Synchronisation signal 0 (TCL0)
B 01.2U - B 08.2U
2) With cables TCSA_120, TCSA_122, TCSA_124, TCSA_126, TCSA_128 and TCSA_130 the connector position 17.2O is used as default (whole cartridge is reserved for transcoder connections of one BSC). Optional connector position 18.2M is used in the case when the cartridge is divided into two parts to enable transcoder connections of two BSCs. With cables TCSA_121, TCSA_123, TCSA_125, TCSA_127, TCSA_129 and TCSA_131 the connector position 17.2M is always used.
Pre-actions before actual upgrade
50 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
8.1.2 Remove CLOC-B cartridge and install CLAC-B cartridge
Note! Some cables are re-used when new cartridge is installed to the rack (TCSA_001, TCSA_021 and TCSA_050…060).
• Change the strapping’s of CLAC-B cartridge:
R03 R02 R01 R00
S03 S02 S01 S00S04
R04
PP2
PP1
W1
W2W3
R
S
XD0V
D0V
D0V
UBUB
B0VB0V
DN98619006
ALTERNATIVE SETTINGS
3 2 1LD0LD1LD2LD3LD4 W1
STANDARD SETTINGS
1 0
3 2 1UA1UA2UA3UA4UA5UA6UA7 W2
1 0123
UA7
UA6
UA5
UA4
UA3
UA2
UA1
W3
01
• CLAC-B jumper settings for Standard settings (W1) Jumpers for the standard settings (as shown in figure Jumper blocks of the CLAC-B, and presented in the table below) are set at the factory with W1. In normal operation, there is no need to change them.
Table: Setting the leading phase displacement (W1)
Jumper Setting
W1: LD0 2 - 3 ON
Pre-actions before actual upgrade
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 51 (173)
W1: LD1 2 - 3 ON
W1: LD2 2 - 3 ON
W1: LD3 2 - 3 ON
W1: LD4 2 - 3 ON
The transfer delay compensation of the basic timing bus is set automatically with the wiring connector AWM03 placed on the motherboard in position B01S1. The setting of the wiring connector passes by these jumper settings.
• CLAC-B jumper settings for TCSM3i part connected to BSC3i 1000 & upgraded Flexi BSC (BSCC and TCSA) (W2, W3):
Cabinet Cartridge
position Setting Note
W2/UA1:2-3 TCSA 1 W3/UA1:2-3 W2/UA2:1-2 W3/UA2:1-2 W2/UA3:1-2 W3/UA3:1-2 W2/UA4:1-2 W3/UA4:1-2 W2/UA5:1-2 W3/UA5:1-2 W2/UA6:1-2 W3/UA6:1-2 W2/UA7:1-2 W3/UA7:1-2
Unit address settings of the CLAB-S plug-in unit: 2 (02H) and 3 (03H) selected only when the BSC3i part consists of the BSC3i 1000 (that is, of the BSCC cabinet only)
• CLAC-B jumper settings for TCSM3i part connected to BSC3i
2000 (BSCC, BSCD and TCSA) (W2, W3)
Cabinet Cartridge
position Setting Note
W2/UA1:1-2 TCSA 1 W3/UA1:1-2 W2/UA2:2-3 W3/UA2:2-3
Unit address settings of the CLAB-S plug-in unit: 4 (04H) and 5 (05H) selected only when the BSC3i part consists of the BSC3i 2000 (that is, of the BSCC and BSCD cabinets)
Pre-actions before actual upgrade
52 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
W2/UA3:1-2 W3/UA3:1-2 W2/UA4:1-2 W3/UA4:1-2 W2/UA5:1-2 W3/UA5:1-2 W2/UA6:1-2 W3/UA6:1-2 W2/UA7:1-2 W3/UA7:1-2
• CLAC-B jumper settings for TCSM3i part connected to new
delivery Flexi BSC (BSCC and TCSA) (W2, W3):
Cabinet Cartridge
position Setting Note
W2/UA1:1-2 TCSA 1 W3/UA1:1-2 W2/UA2:1-2 W3/UA2:1-2 W2/UA3:1-2 W3/UA3:1-2 W2/UA4:1-2 W3/UA4:1-2 W2/UA5:1-2 W3/UA5:1-2 W2/UA6:1-2 W3/UA6:1-2 W2/UA7:1-2 W3/UA7:1-2
Unit address settings of the CLAB-S plug-in unit: 0 (00H) and 1 (01H) selected only when the BSC3i part consists of the new delivery Flexi BSC (that is, of the BSCC cabinet only)
8.1.3 Remove cartridge identification terminators from the cartridges
These setting modules are not included in parts list. They are existing setting modules which will be removed in upgrading procedure.
Position ID Name FU Use Note
2.0B 19.3A C101535 CARID20 TC2C 0 Cartridge identification
2.6B 19.3A C101538 CARID23 TC2C 1 Cartridge identification
Pre-actions before actual upgrade
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 53 (173)
Position ID Name FU Use Note
4.0B 19.3A C101547 CARID40 TC2C 2 Cartridge identification
4.6B 19.3A C101551 CARID43 TC2C 3 Cartridge identification
5.0B 19.3A C101554 CARID50 TC2C 4 Cartridge identification
5.6B 19.3A C101557 CARID53 TC2C 5 Cartridge identification
8.1.4 Cable and marking changes to TCSA cabinet
Move some cables in the rack These cables are not included in parts list. The existing cables will be used by moving them from CLOC cartridge (removed) to CLAC cartridge (added). Another end of the cables stays in original connector position. Only the result of the upgrade is presented in the following table. The equipping number of the cable can be used as a reference when compared to original table.
Equipping CABLE FROM CABLE TO
No FU Position FU Position Type Use Note
TCSA_001 PDFU 0 0.0B P0 CLAC 1.0B_PP1 CVKT007 Power
TCSA_021 PDFU 1 0.6B P0 CLAC 1.0B_PP2 CVKT019 Power
TCSA_050 CLAC 1.0B 03S7 FTRB 0 1.0B P8.A CHC004 AL/CLK
TCSA_051 CLAC 1.0B 02S5 GTIC 4 1.9B 09.2A CHC012 AL/CLK 1)
TCSA_052 CLAC 1.0B 03S3 GTIC 3 1.6B 09.2A CHC012 AL/CLK 1)
TCSA_053 CLAC 1.0B 02S3 GTIC 2 1.3B 09.2A CHC012 AL/CLK 1)
TCSA_054 CLAC 1.0B 03R7 TC2C 5 5.6B 19.2Q CHC025 AL/CLK
TCSA_055 CLAC 1.0B 02R7 TC2C 4 5.0B 19.2Q CHC029 AL/CLK
TCSA_056 CLAC 1.0B 03R5 TC2C 3 4.6B 19.2Q CHC023 AL/CLK
TCSA_057 CLAC 1.0B 02R5 TC2C 2 4.0B 19.2Q CHC027 AL/CLK
TCSA_058 CLAC 1.0B 03R3 TC2C 1 2.6B 19.2Q CHC017 AL/CLK
TCSA_059 CLAC 1.0B 02R3 TC2C 0 2.0B 19.2Q CHC021 AL/CLK
TCSA_060 CLAC 1.0B 03R1 PDFU 0 0.0B P20.A CHC021 AL/CLK
Notes! Length of the cables TCSA_051 - TCSA_053 must be equal due to functional reasons.
Add new cables to the rack and also the cable connector clips to new places
Pre-actions before actual upgrade
54 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
These cables are included in parts list. This table will be used as a reference in cable manufacturing. The cables will be delivered to the site and added to cabinet according to upgrading procedure.
Equipping CABLE FROM CABLE TO
No FU Position FU Position Type Use Note
TCSA_300 CLAC 1.0B 01S7 CLAC 1.0B 01S8 CEA022 Timing loop 1)
TCSA_301 CLAC 1.0B 01S3 CLAC 1.0B 01S4 CEA022 Timing loop 1)
TCSA_304 GTIC 2 1.3B 09.2T GTIC 3 1.6B 09.2T CHES007 2N compare test SBMUX-A
TCSA_305 GTIC 2 1.3B 09.2R GTIC 3 1.6B 09.2R CHES007 2N compare test SBMUX-A
TCSA_310 GTIC 3 1.6B 02.3P TC2C 5 5.6B 19.2M CHFX025 PCM A interface
TCSA_311 GTIC 3 1.6B 02.3L TC2C 5 5.6B 19.2H CHFX025 PCM A interface
TCSA_312 GTIC 3 1.6B 02.3G TC2C 5 5.6B 19.2D CHFX025 PCM A interface
TCSA_313 GTIC 3 1.6B 02.3C TC2C 5 5.6B 19.1Z CHFX025 PCM A interface
TCSA_314 GTIC 3 1.6B 02.2Y TC2C 4 5.0B 19.2M CHFX030 PCM A interface
TCSA_315 GTIC 3 1.6B 02.2U TC2C 4 5.0B 19.2H CHFX030 PCM A interface
TCSA_316 GTIC 3 1.6B 02.2Q TC2C 4 5.0B 19.2D CHFX030 PCM A interface
TCSA_317 GTIC 3 1.6B 02.2M TC2C 4 5.0B 19.1Z CHFX030 PCM A interface
TCSA_318 GTIC 3 1.6B 02.2D TC2C 3 4.6B 19.2M CHFX025 PCM A interface
TCSA_319 GTIC 3 1.6B 02.1Z TC2C 3 4.6B 19.2H CHFX025 PCM A interface
TCSA_320 GTIC 3 1.6B 02.1V TC2C 3 4.6B 19.2D CHFX025 PCM A interface
TCSA_321 GTIC 3 1.6B 02.1R TC2C 3 4.6B 19.1Z CHFX025 PCM A interface
TCSA_322 GTIC 3 1.6B 01.3P TC2C 2 4.0B 19.2M CHFX025 PCM A interface
TCSA_323 GTIC 3 1.6B 01.3L TC2C 2 4.0B 19.2H CHFX025 PCM A interface
TCSA_324 GTIC 3 1.6B 01.3G TC2C 2 4.0B 19.2D CHFX025 PCM A interface
TCSA_325 GTIC 3 1.6B 01.3C TC2C 2 4.0B 19.1Z CHFX025 PCM A interface
TCSA_326 GTIC 3 1.6B 01.2Y TC2C 1 2.6B 19.2M CHFX015 PCM A interface
TCSA_327 GTIC 3 1.6B 01.2U TC2C 1 2.6B 19.2H CHFX015 PCM A interface
TCSA_328 GTIC 3 1.6B 01.2Q TC2C 1 2.6B 19.2D CHFX015 PCM A interface
TCSA_329 GTIC 3 1.6B 01.2M TC2C 1 2.6B 19.1Z CHFX015 PCM A interface
TCSA_330 GTIC 3 1.6B 01.2D TC2C 0 2.0B 19.2M CHFX020 PCM A interface
TCSA_331 GTIC 3 1.6B 01.1Z TC2C 0 2.0B 19.2H CHFX020 PCM A interface
Pre-actions before actual upgrade
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 55 (173)
Equipping CABLE FROM CABLE TO
No FU Position FU Position Type Use Note
TCSA_332 GTIC 3 1.6B 01.1V TC2C 0 2.0B 19.2D CHFX020 PCM A interface
TCSA_333 GTIC 3 1.6B 01.1R TC2C 0 2.0B 19.1Z CHFX020 PCM A interface
TCSA_340 GTIC 2 1.3B 02.3P TC2C 5 5.6B 19.1R CHFX025 PCM A interface
TCSA_341 GTIC 2 1.3B 02.3L TC2C 5 5.6B 19.1N CHFX025 PCM A interface
TCSA_342 GTIC 2 1.3B 02.3G TC2C 5 5.6B 19.1J CHFX025 PCM A interface
TCSA_343 GTIC 2 1.3B 02.3C TC2C 5 5.6B 19.1E CHFX025 PCM A interface
TCSA_344 GTIC 2 1.3B 02.2Y TC2C 4 5.0B 19.1R CHFX030 PCM A interface
TCSA_345 GTIC 2 1.3B 02.2U TC2C 4 5.0B 19.1N CHFX030 PCM A interface
TCSA_346 GTIC 2 1.3B 02.2Q TC2C 4 5.0B 19.1J CHFX030 PCM A interface
TCSA_347 GTIC 2 1.3B 02.2M TC2C 4 5.0B 19.1E CHFX030 PCM A interface
TCSA_348 GTIC 2 1.3B 02.2D TC2C 3 4.6B 19.1R CHFX025 PCM A interface
TCSA_349 GTIC 2 1.3B 02.1Z TC2C 3 4.6B 19.1N CHFX025 PCM A interface
TCSA_350 GTIC 2 1.3B 02.1V TC2C 3 4.6B 19.1J CHFX025 PCM A interface
TCSA_351 GTIC 2 1.3B 02.1R TC2C 3 4.6B 19.1E CHFX025 PCM A interface
TCSA_352 GTIC 2 1.3B 01.3P TC2C 2 4.0B 19.1R CHFX030 PCM A interface
TCSA_353 GTIC 2 1.3B 01.3L TC2C 2 4.0B 19.1N CHFX030 PCM A interface
TCSA_354 GTIC 2 1.3B 01.3G TC2C 2 4.0B 19.1J CHFX030 PCM A interface
TCSA_355 GTIC 2 1.3B 01.3C TC2C 2 4.0B 19.1E CHFX030 PCM A interface
TCSA_356 GTIC 2 1.3B 01.2Y TC2C 1 2.6B 19.1R CHFX020 PCM A interface
TCSA_357 GTIC 2 1.3B 01.2U TC2C 1 2.6B 19.1N CHFX020 PCM A interface
TCSA_358 GTIC 2 1.3B 01.2Q TC2C 1 2.6B 19.1J CHFX020 PCM A interface
TCSA_359 GTIC 2 1.3B 01.2M TC2C 1 2.6B 19.1E CHFX020 PCM A interface
TCSA_360 GTIC 2 1.3B 01.2D TC2C 0 2.0B 19.1R CHFX020 PCM A interface
TCSA_361 GTIC 2 1.3B 01.1Z TC2C 0 2.0B 19.1N CHFX020 PCM A interface
TCSA_362 GTIC 2 1.3B 01.1V TC2C 0 2.0B 19.1J CHFX020 PCM A interface
TCSA_363 GTIC 2 1.3B 01.1R TC2C 0 2.0B 19.1E CHFX020 PCM A interface
TCSA_370 GTIC 3 1.6B 02.1J TC2C 5 5.6B 19.1V CHFX025 PCM Ater interface
TCSA_371 GTIC 3 1.6B 02.1E TC2C 4 5.0B 19.1V CHFX030 PCM Ater interface
TCSA_372 GTIC 3 1.6B 02.1A TC2C 3 4.6B 19.1V CHFX025 PCM Ater interface
Pre-actions before actual upgrade
56 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
Equipping CABLE FROM CABLE TO
No FU Position FU Position Type Use Note
TCSA_373 GTIC 3 1.6B 01.1J TC2C 2 4.0B 19.1V CHFX025 PCM Ater interface
TCSA_374 GTIC 3 1.6B 01.1E TC2C 1 2.6B 19.1V CHFX015 PCM Ater interface
TCSA_375 GTIC 3 1.6B 01.1A TC2C 0 2.0B 19.1V CHFX020 PCM Ater interface
TCSA_380 GTIC 2 1.3B 02.1J TC2C 5 5.6B 19.1A CHFX025 PCM Ater interface
TCSA_381 GTIC 2 1.3B 02.1E TC2C 4 5.0B 19.1A CHFX030 PCM Ater interface
TCSA_382 GTIC 2 1.3B 02.1A TC2C 3 4.6B 19.1A CHFX025 PCM Ater interface
TCSA_383 GTIC 2 1.3B 01.1J TC2C 2 4.0B 19.1A CHFX030 PCM Ater interface
TCSA_384 GTIC 2 1.3B 01.1E TC2C 1 2.6B 19.1A CHFX020 PCM Ater interface
TCSA_385 GTIC 2 1.3B 01.1A TC2C 0 2.0B 19.1A CHFX020 PCM Ater interface
Notes: 1) Length of the cables TCSA_300 - TCSA_301 and TCSA 0_003 - TCSA
0_004 (ref. chapter 5.3.2) must be equal due to functional reasons.
8.1.5 Cabinet location stickers and marking strips
There is not any cabinet location stickers included in parts list of this upgrade set. All cabinet location stickers are delivered with TCSA cabinet. A cabinet location sticker TCSA 1D has been attached to the cabinet at the factory. Additionally the delivery contains the cabinet location stickers TCSA 1E, TCSA 1F, TCSA 1G and TCSA 1H (co-ordinates 1A, 1B and 1C are reserved for BSC3i part of the combined BSC/TCSM installation). At the site, depending on the configuration, correct cabinet location sticker is selected and attached to TCSA cabinet in place of default sticker (if necessary).
Marking strips Remove: These marking strips are not included in parts list. They are existing marking strips which will be removed in upgrading procedure.
Position Name Cartridge Note
1.0 CLOC CLOC-B
1.3 ETC 0 GT4C-A
1.6 ETC 1 GT4C-A
1.9 ETC 2 GT4C-A
Pre-actions before actual upgrade
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 57 (173)
ADD: These marking strips are included in parts list. They will be delivered to the site and added to cabinet according to upgrading procedure. These new marking strips can be identified from a code C110262 at the left margin of each strip.
Position Name Cartridge Note
1.0 CLAC 1 CLAC-B Used in two cabinet BSC/TCSM configuration
1.0 CLAC 2 CLAC-B Used in three cabinet BSC/TCSM configuration
1.3 GTIC 2 GT4C-A
1.6 GTIC 3 GT4C-A
1.9 GTIC 4 GT4C-A
Power distribution stickers REMOVE: These power distribution stickers are not included in parts list. They are existing stickers which will be removed in upgrading procedure.
Position Name Use Note
0.0 PDFU0 A Power distribution sticker for PDFU 0 F0 - F9
0.0 PDFU0 B Power distribution sticker for PDFU 0 F10 - F19
0.6 PDFU1 A Power distribution sticker for PDFU 1 F0 - F9
0.6 PDFU1 B Power distribution sticker for PDFU 1 F10 - F19
ADD: These power distribution stickers are included in parts list. They will be delivered to the site and added to cabinet according to upgrading procedure. These new stickers can be identified from a code C110262 at the left margin of the sticker sheet.
Position Name Use Note
0.0 PDFU0 A Power distribution sticker for PDFU 0 F0 - F9
0.0 PDFU0 B Power distribution sticker for PDFU 0 F10 - F19
0.6 PDFU1 A Power distribution sticker for PDFU 1 F0 - F9
0.6 PDFU1 B Power distribution sticker for PDFU 1 F10 - F19
Pre-actions before actual upgrade
58 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
8.2 Activate the PRFILE parameter in BSC
IMPORTANT! Activate PRFILE parameter 002:1167 COMBI_CONF_ALLOWED in BSC before starting the procedure. Activate the feature with the following MML command:
ZWOC:2,1167,1;
Check the status with following MML command: ZWOI:2,1167;
Parameter activation needs OMU restart and unit switchovers to be functional in BSC:
Change OMU to TE-EX and back to WO-EX: ZUSC:OMU:TE; ZUSC:OMU:WO;
Make switchover to MCMU’s: ZUSC:MCMU,0:SP; ZUSC:MCMU,0:TE; ZUSC:MCMU,0:SP; ZUSC:MCMU,0:WO;; ZUSC:MCMU,1:TE; ZUSC:MCMU,1:SP;
Make switchover to ALL BCSU’s: ZUSC:BCSU,<index>:SP; ZUSC:BCSU,<index>:TE,; ZUSC:BCSU,<index>:SP,;
Repeat this step for all BCSUs in rack(s).
Continue the procedure after all units are up and running.
8.3 Remove existing PCM’s 1280 – 1327 and 880 – 895
If the BSCC and BSCD cabinet in use in combined BSC/TCSM configuration, the user must remove PCM’s1280....1327 in BSCD ETC-5
Pre-actions before actual upgrade
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 59 (173)
cartridge, because these PCM has been defined in combined configuration for TCSM3i usage.
1280-1327 PCM values are related to following cable numbers:
BSC3i 2000 BSCC_529–534 and BSCC_629–634
Also in BSC3i 1000 (both upgraded and initial) if GTIC-0 track 8 is used for ET16, the PCM(s) 880….895 needs to be deleted for combined TCSM3i usage.
880-895 PCM values are related to following cable numbers:
Upgraded BSC3i 1000 BSCC_582 and BSCC_682
Initial BSC3i 1000 BSCC_535 and BSCC_635
Remove connections under the ET PCM’s before deleting the units.
Change the ET unit’s state after all connections has been removed: ZUSC:ET,<index>:BL ZUSC:ET,<index>:TE ZUSC:ET,<index>:SE ZUSC:ET,<index>:SE
Disconnect ET unit’s: ZWUD:ET,1280&&1295:ET16,0:; ZWUD:ET,1296&&1311:ET16,0:; ZWUD:ET,880&&895:ET16,0:;
Delete unit and plug-in unit’s: ZWTQ:ET,1280&&1295:ET16,0; ZWTQ:ET,1296&&1311:ET16,0; ZWTQ:ET,880&&895:ET16,0; ZWTV:ET,1280&&1295; ZWTV:ET,1296&&1311; ZWTV:ET,880&&895;
8.4 BCSU-6 removal related to Flexi BSC
The addition of 1st TCSA cabinet (TCSA-0) can be done for Flexi BSC only by removing BCSU-6 from the Flexi BSC configuration. Addition of
Pre-actions before actual upgrade
60 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
TCSA-cabinet reduces the capacity of BSC by 500 TRX. This applies to both new delivery and upgraded Flexi BSC.
In this step, the traffic is moved from BCSU-6 to other BCSU units or BSC. This is done to arrange room for the TCSA-0 cabinet. In addition the BCSU-6 should be removed from HW configuration before installing TCSA-0 cabinet.
8.4.1 Move the traffic from BCSU-6
BSS Split tool offers automated process to support BSC renewal. This process includes the automation of labor-intensive re-hosting of BTS to new BSCs including data and parameter updates to name a few. The downtime of operational BTSs is this way minimised during rehoming. If rehoming speed is the key driver, more than 100 sites can be moved to the new BSC during one night by using .XML files for data transfer between the BSCs assisted by CM tools (CM Plan Manager, CM Editor and CM Analyser). Further information about BSS Split tools is available from Nokia OSS / NetAct representatives.
8.4.2 Release resources from one BCSU
Because of BCSU-6 will been removed from the database and that’s why resources have to be released from one BCSU. After the resources (links, ETs, DAPs, IP connections etc.) have been deleted from BCSU, it goes automatically to spare state. This is done manually.
8.4.3 Remove the BCSU-6 from HW database
Change the BCSU-6 to SE-NH state: ZUSC:BCSU,6:SP; ZUSC:BCSU,6:TE,FCD; ZUSC:BCSU,6:SE; ZUSC:BCSU,6:SE;
Remove the BCSU-6 configuration from HW database.
Disconnect AS7 and PCU plug-in units and remove BCSU-6 from the HW configuration.
Pre-actions before actual upgrade
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 61 (173)
ZWUD:BCSU,6:<AS7 type>,<index>; ZWUD:BCSU,6:<PCU type>,<index>; ZWTQ:BCSU,6:<AS7 type>,<index>; ZWTQ:BCSU,6:<PCU type>,<index>; ZWTQ:BCSU,6:<CPU type>,0; ZWTQ:BCSU,6:<power type>,0; ZWTV:BCSU,6; ZWTD:<location>,<cartridge type>;
8.4.4 Remove the BCSU-6
Switch off the power from BCSU-6, and remove the BSCU-6 cabling.
Change the MCMU-0 to SE-NH state before removing the cables:
ZUSC:MCMU,0:SP; ZUSC:MCMU,0:TE; ZUSC:MCMU,0:SE; ZUSC:MCMU,0:SE;
Upgraded Flexi BSC (From upgraded BSC3i1000): Equipping CABLE FROM CABLE TO
No FU Position FU Position Type Use Note
BSCC_2002 CLOC 1.6B 02R5 BCSU 6 5.0B 11.1A CHC028 AL/CLK
BSCC_2037 LANU 0 1.8B 04.1P BCSU 6 5.0B 05.1G CHES028 LAN Downlink
BSCC_2038 LANU 0 1.8B 04.1N BCSU 6 5.0B 04.1G CHES028 LAN Downlink
BSCC_2039 LANU 0 1.8B 04.1L BCSU 6 5.0B 03.1G CHES028 LAN Downlink
BSCC_2040 LANU 0 1.8B 04.1J BCSU 6 5.0B 07.1G CHES028 LAN Downlink
BSCC_2041 LANU 0 1.8B 04.1G BCSU 6 5.0B 06.1G CHES028 LAN Downlink
BSCC_2042 LANU 0 1.8B 02.2E BCSU 6 5.0B 10.1C CHES027 LAN Downlink
BSCC_2100 MCMU 0 2.0B 02.2E BCSU 6 5.0B 10.1A CHES029 EMB
BSCC_2244 GSW2KB 0
1.0B 06.1L BCSU 6 5.0B 07.1C CHE022 PCM
Pre-actions before actual upgrade
62 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
BSCC_2245 GSW2KB 0
1.0B 06.1J BCSU 6 5.0B 06.1C CHE022 PCM
BSCC_2246 GSW2KB 0
1.0B 06.1G BCSU 6 5.0B 07.1A CHE022 PCM
BSCC_2247 GSW2KB 0
1.0B 06.1E BCSU 6 5.0B 06.1A CHE022 PCM
BSCC_2248 GSW2KB 0
1.0B 07.1P BCSU 6 5.0B 05.1C CHE022 PCM
BSCC_2249 GSW2KB 0
1.0B 07.1N BCSU 6 5.0B 04.1C CHE022 PCM
BSCC_2250 GSW2KB 0
1.0B 07.1L BCSU 6 5.0B 03.1C CHE022 PCM
BSCC_2251 GSW2KB 0
1.0B 07.1J BCSU 6 5.0B 05.1A CHE022 PCM
BSCC_2252 GSW2KB 0
1.0B 07.1G BCSU 6 5.0B 04.1A CHE022 PCM
BSCC_2253 GSW2KB 0
1.0B 07.1E BCSU 6 5.0B 03.1A CHE022 PCM
BSCC_2254 GSW2KB 0
1.0B 07.1C BCSU 6 5.0B 09.1C CHE023 PCM
BSCC_2255 GSW2KB 0
1.0B 07.1A BCSU 6 5.0B 08.1C CHE023 PCM
BSCC_2256 GSW2KB 0
1.0B 06.1C BCSU 6 5.0B 09.1A CHE023 PCM
BSCC_2257 GSW2KB 0
1.0B 06.1A BCSU 6 5.0B 08.1A CHE023 PCM
Upgraded Flexi BSC (From initial BSC3i1000):
Equipping CABLE FROM CABLE TO
No FU Position FU Position Type Use Note
BSCC_1042 LANU 0 1.8B 04.1L BCSU 6 5.0B 02.2D CJA028 LAN Downlink
BSCC_1040 LANU 0 1.8B 02.2E BCSU 6 5.0B 10.1C CHES027 LAN Downlink
BSCC_1043 LANU 0 1.8B 04.1G BCSU 6 5.0B 02.2K CHF028 LAN Downlink
BSCC_1064 MCMU 0 2.0B 02.2E BCSU 6 5.0B 10.1A CHES029 EMB
BSCC_1070 GSW2KB 0
1.0B 06.1E BCSU 6 5.0B 02.1N CHQ022 PCM
BSCC_1071 GSW2KB 0
1.0B 06.1A BCSU 6 5.0B 02.1V CHF022 PCM
BSCC_1052 CLOC 1.6B 02R5 BCSU 6 5.0B 11.1A CHC028 AL/CLK
BSCC_1072 GSW2KB 0
1.0B 07.1L BCSU 6 5.0B 02.1G CJA022 PCM
Pre-actions before actual upgrade
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 63 (173)
BSCC_1073 GSW2KB 0
1.0B 07.1E BCSU 6 5.0B 02.1A CJA022 PCM
BSCC_1074 GSW2KB 0
1.0B 07.1A BCSU 6 5.0B 02.1Z CHF022 PCM
New delivery Flexi BSC: Equipping CABLE FROM CABLE TO
No FU Position FU Position Type Use Note
BSCC_123 LANU 0 4.0B 13.1L BCSU 6 5.0B 16.1N CHG018 LAN
BSCC_271 GSW2KB-A 0 1.0B 07.3L BCSU 6 5.0B 11.1Z CHF023 PCM
BSCC_272 GSW2KB-A 0 1.0B 07.3C BCSU 6 5.0B 11.1R CHQ023 PCM
BSCC_273 GSW2KB-A 0 1.0B 07.2U BCSU 6 5.0B 11.1J CHQ024 PCM
BSCC_274 GSW2KB-A 0 1.0B 07.2M BCSU 6 5.0B 11.1A CHQ024 PCM
Change the MCMU-0 to WO-EX.
ZUSC:MCMU,0:SE; ZUSC:MCMU,0:TE; ZUSC:MCMU,0:SP; ZUSC:MCMU,0:WO;
Change the MCMU-1 to SE-NH state before removing the cables:
ZUSC:MCMU,1:SP; ZUSC:MCMU,1:TE; ZUSC:MCMU,1:SE; ZUSC:MCMU,1:SE;
Upgraded Flexi BSC (From upgraded BSC3i1000): Equipping CABLE FROM CABLE TO
No FU Position FU Position Type Use Note
BSCC_2077 LANU 1 1.10B 04.1P
BCSU 6 5.0B 05.1J CHES027 LAN Downlink
BSCC_2078 LANU 1 1.10B 04.1N
BCSU 6 5.0B 04.1J CHES027 LAN Downlink
Pre-actions before actual upgrade
64 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
BSCC_2079 LANU 1 1.10B 04.1L
BCSU 6 5.0B 03.1J CHES027 LAN Downlink
BSCC_2080 LANU 1 1.10B 04.1J
BCSU 6 5.0B 07.1J CHES027 LAN Downlink
BSCC_2081 LANU 1 1.10B 04.1G
BCSU 6 5.0B 06.1J CHES027 LAN Downlink
BSCC_2082 LANU 1 1.10B 02.2E
BCSU 6 5.0B 10.1E CHES026 LAN Downlink
BSCC_2101 MCMU 1 2.3B 02.2E BCSU 6 5.0B 10.1P CHES027 EMB
BSCC_2344 GSW2KB 1
1.3B 06.1L BCSU 6 5.0B 07.2C CHE030 PCM
BSCC_2345 GSW2KB 1
1.3B 06.1J BCSU 6 5.0B 06.2C CHE030 PCM
BSCC_2346 GSW2KB 1
1.3B 06.1G BCSU 6 5.0B 07.2A CHE030 PCM
BSCC_2347 GSW2KB 1
1.3B 06.1E BCSU 6 5.0B 06.2A CHE030 PCM
BSCC_2348 GSW2KB 1
1.3B 07.1P BCSU 6 5.0B 05.2C CHE031 PCM
BSCC_2349 GSW2KB 1
1.3B 07.1N BCSU 6 5.0B 04.2C CHE031 PCM
BSCC_2350 GSW2KB 1
1.3B 07.1L BCSU 6 5.0B 03.2C CHE031 PCM
BSCC_2351 GSW2KB 1
1.3B 07.1J BCSU 6 5.0B 05.2A CHE031 PCM
BSCC_2352 GSW2KB 1
1.3B 07.1G BCSU 6 5.0B 04.2A CHE031 PCM
BSCC_2353 GSW2KB 1
1.3B 07.1E BCSU 6 5.0B 03.2A CHE031 PCM
BSCC_2354 GSW2KB 1
1.3B 07.1X BCSU 6 5.0B 09.2C CHE030 PCM
BSCC_2355 GSW2KB 1
1.3B 07.1V BCSU 6 5.0B 08.2C CHE030 PCM
BSCC_2356 GSW2KB 1
1.3B 06.1X BCSU 6 5.0B 09.2A CHE030 PCM
BSCC_2357 GSW2KB 1
1.3B 06.1V BCSU 6 5.0B 08.2A CHE030 PCM
Upgraded Flexi BSC (From initial BSC3i1000): Equipping CABLE FROM CABLE TO
No FU Position FU Position Type Use Note
BSCC_1041 LANU 1 1.10B 02.2E
BCSU 6 5.0B 10.1E CHES026 LAN Downlink
BSCC_1044 LANU 1 1.10B 04.1L
BCSU 6 5.0B 02.2S CJA027 LAN Downlink
Pre-actions before actual upgrade
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 65 (173)
BSCC_1045 LANU 1 1.10B 04.1G
BCSU 6 5.0B 02.2Y CHF027 LAN Downlink
BSCC_1065 MCMU 1 2.3B 02.2E BCSU 6 5.0B 10.1P CHES027 EMB
BSCC_1075 GSW2KB 1
1.3B 06.1E BCSU 6 5.0B 02.3T CHQ032 PCM
BSCC_1076 GSW2KB 1
1.3B 06.1A BCSU 6 5.0B 02.4B CHF031 PCM
BSCC_1077 GSW2KB 1
1.3B 07.1L BCSU 6 5.0B 02.3N CJA031 PCM
BSCC_1078 GSW2KB 1
1.3B 07.1E BCSU 6 5.0B 02.3G CJA031 PCM
BSCC_1079 GSW2KB 1
1.3B 07.1A BCSU 6 5.0B 02.4F CHF031 PCM
New delivery Flexi BSC:
Equipping CABLE FROM CABLE TO
No FU Position FU Position Type Use Note
BSCC_153 LANU 1 5.0B 13.1L BCSU 6 5.0B 17.1N CHG007 LAN
BSCC_371 GSW2KB-A 1 2.0B 07.3L BCSU 6 5.0B 36.3Z CHF022 PCM
BSCC_372 GSW2KB-A 1 2.0B 07.3C BCSU 6 5.0B 36.3R CHQ022 PCM
BSCC_373 GSW2KB-A 1 2.0B 07.2U BCSU 6 5.0B 36.3J CHQ022 PCM
BSCC_374 GSW2KB-A 1 2.0B 07.2M BCSU 6 5.0B 36.3A CHQ022 PCM
Change the MCMU-1 to SP-EX.
ZUSC:MCMU,1:SE; ZUSC:MCMU,1:TE; ZUSC:MCMU,1:SP;
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power
ON
66 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
9 Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON
9.1 Put power on to TCSA rack
Put the power on to TCSA cabinet first to PDFU-0 switch one by one and second to PDFU-1 switch one by one.
NOTE! In this phase all plug-in units must be out of the cartridge
9.2 Install SBUS and timing bus cables and terminators for CLS-0, SBUS-0, CLAB-0 and CLAB-2
9.2.1 Change the CLS-0, SBUS-0, CLAB-0 and CLAB-2 to SP-EX state
ZUSC:<unit_type>,<index>:SP;
CLAB-2 is in use in three cabinet configurations (BSCC, BSCD and TCSA).
New delivery Flexi BSC does not have CLAB units.
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 67 (173)
9.2.2 Force WO-EX CLS-1, CLAB-1 and CLAB-3 to be active by pressing its Forced control button in front panel from PIU
CLAB-3 is in use in three cabinet configurations (BSCC, BSCD and TCSA).
New delivery Flexi BSC does not have CLAB units.
9.2.3 Change the CLS-0, SBUS-0, CLAB-0 and CLAB-2 to SE-NH state from the BSCC before installing the cables
ZUSC:<unit_type>,<index>:TE; ZUSC:<unit_type>,<index>:SE; ZUSC:<unit_type>,<index>:SE;
CLAB-2 is in use in three cabinet configurations (BSCC, BSCD and TCSA).
New delivery Flexi BSC does not have CLAB units.
9.2.4 Move or add cartridge existing identification terminators from the BSCC or BSCD cabinet to TCSA cabinet
• In two cabinet configurations (BSCC and TCSA): − TRMC1 are moved from CLAC-0 of BSCC cabinet connector
positions 5.4B 00R1 to TCSA CLAC-1 1.0B 00R1 position.
• In three cabinet configurations (BSCC, BSCD and TCSA): − TRMC1 are moved from CLAC-1 of BSCD cabinet connector
positions 1.10B 00R1 to TCSA CLAC-2 1.0B 00R1 position.
• In New delivery Flexi BSC configuration (BSCC and TCSA): − Add TRMC1 to TCSA CLAC-0 1.0B 00R1 position
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power
ON
68 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
9.2.5 Connect the SBUS and timing bus cables
• In two cabinet configurations (BSCC and TCSA):
Equipping CABLE FROM CABLE TO
No FU Position Cabinet FU Position Type Use Note
TCSA 0_001 CLAC 1 1.0B 00R3 BSCC CLAC 0 5.4B 00R2 CEA035 SBUS Two cabinet config.
Upgraded Flexi
TCSA 0_003 CLAC 1 1.0B 00S4 BSCC CLOC 1.6B 00S3 CEA022 Timing bus Two cabinet config.
Upgraded Flexi
TCSA 0_001 CLAC 0 1.0B 00R3 BSCC OMU 3.8B 07.2J CHA030 SBUS New delivery Flexi
TCSA 0_003 CLAC 0 1.0B 00S4 BSCC CLS 0 1.0B 37.4L CHA031 Timing bus New delivery Flexi
OR
• In three cabinet configurations (BSCC, BSCD and TCSA):
Equipping CABLE FROM CABLE TO
No FU Position Cabinet FU Position Type Use Note
TCSA 0_001 CLAC 2 1.0B 00R3 BSCD CLAC 1 1.10B 00R2 CEA035 SBUS Three cabinet config.
TCSA 0_003 CLAC 2 1.0B 00S4 BSCC CLOC 1.6B 00S3 CEA022 Timing bus Three cabinet config.
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 69 (173)
9.2.6 Install CLAB plug-in units to TCSA CLAC cartridge track 03
CLA
B 1
CLA
B 0
0403
Figure 1.Clock and Alarm Buffer units (CLAB) in CLAC-B cartridge.
CLAC-B 1/6-shelf cartridge Slot Name Function Equip. Note F03 CLAB-S /
CLAB-U CLAB Base 1)
F04 CLAB-S / CLAB-U
CLAB Base 1)
1) CLAC-B cartridge is also used in the TCSM3i, combined BSC/TCSM installation option (in the TCSA cabinet). In the TCSM3i, combined BSC/TCSM option, the BSC part can be either BSC3i 1000 or BSC3i 2000 or Flexi BSC.
Check the required prom version from S14 pre-processor program information document in release binder.
Plug-in unit strapping instructions can be found in end of the document: Appendix CLAB_S jumper settings
Appendix CLAB_U jumper settings
9.2.7 Change units state and run diagnostics to CLS-0, SBUS-0 and CLAB-0 and CLAB-2
New delivery Flexi BSC does not have CLAB units.
ZUSC:<unit_type>,<index>:SE;
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power
ON
70 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
ZUSC:<unit_type>,<index>:TE;
CLAB-2 is in use in three cabinet configurations (BSCC, BSCD and TCSA).
Run diagnostic 1st CLS-0, 2nd SBUS-0, 3rd CLAB-0 and 4th CLAB-2: ZUDU:<unit>,<index>;
If diagnostic results OK, change CLS-0, SBUS-0, CLAB-0 and CLAB-2 state to SP-EX, wait for a while to check the stability
ZUSC:<unit_type>,<index>:SP;
9.2.8 Release the CLS-1, CLAB-1 and CLAB-3 Forced control button by pressing it.
CLAB-3 is in use in three cabinet configurations (BSCC, BSCD and TCSA).
9.2.9 Change CLS-0, SBUS-0, CLAB-0 and CLAB-2 to WO-EX
New delivery Flexi BSC does not have CLAB units.
ZUSC:<unit_type>,<index>:WO;
CLAB-2 is in use in three cabinet configurations (BSCC, BSCD and TCSA).
9.3 Install SBUS and timing bus cables and terminators for CLS-1, SBUS-1, CLAB-1 and CLAB-3
9.3.1 Force WO-EX CLS-0, CLAB-0 and CLAB-2 to be active by pressing its Forced control button in front panel from PIU
New delivery Flexi BSC does not have CLAB units.
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 71 (173)
CLAB-2 is in use in three cabinet configurations (BSCC, BSCD and TCSA).
9.3.2 Change the CLS-1, SBUS-1, CLAB-1 and CLAB-3 to SE-NH state from the BSCC and BSCD before installing the cable
New delivery Flexi BSC does not have CLAB units.
ZUSC:<unit_type>,<index>:TE; ZUSC:<unit_type>,<index>:SE; ZUSC:<unit_type>,<index>:SE;
CLAB-3 is in use in three cabinet configurations (BSCC, BSCD and TCSA).
9.3.3 Move cartridge existing identification terminators from the BSCC or BSCD cabinet to TCSA cabinet
• In two cabinet configurations (BSCC and TCSA): − TRMC1 are moved from CLAC-0 of BSCC cabinet connector
positions 5.4B 00R5 to TCSA CLAC-1 1.0B 00R5 position.
• In three cabinet configurations (BSCC, BSCD and TCSA): − TRMC1 are moved from CLAC-1 of BSCD cabinet connector
positions 1.10B 00R5 to TCSA CLAC-2 1.0B 00R5 position.
• In New delivery Flexi BSC configuration (BSCC and TCSA): − Add TRMC1 to TCSA CLAC-0 1.0B 00R5 position
9.3.4 Connect the SBUS and timing bus cables
Note! You can remove the cable BSCC_101 and BSCD_010 temporarily to make easier to install the cable TCSA_0_004 to CLOC.
• In two cabinet configurations (BSCC and TCSA):
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power
ON
72 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
Equipping CABLE FROM CABLE TO
No FU Position Cabinet FU Position Type Use Note
TCSA 0_002 CLAC 1 1.0B 00R7 BSCC CLAC 0 5.4B 00R6 CEA034 SBUS Two cabinet config.
Upgraded Flexi
TCSA 0_004 CLAC 1 1.0B 00S8 BSCC CLOC 1.6B 03S3 CEA022 Timing bus Two cabinet config.
Upgraded Flexi
TCSA 0_002 CLAC 0 1.0B 00R7 BSCC OMU 3.8B 07.2N CHA030 SBUS New delivery Flexi
TCSA 0_004 CLAC 0 1.0B 00S8 BSCC CLS 1 2.0B 37.4L CHA031 Timing bus New delivery Flexi
OR
• In three cabinet configurations (BSCC, BSCD and TCSA):
Equipping CABLE FROM CABLE TO
No FU Position Cabinet FU Position Type Use Note
TCSA 0_002 CLAC 2 1.0B 00R7 BSCD CLAC 1 1.10B 00R6 CEA034 SBUS Three cabinet config.
TCSA 0_004 CLAC 2 1.0B 00S8 BSCC CLOC 1.6B 03S3 CEA022 Timing bus Three cabinet config.
9.3.5 Install CLAB plug-in units to TCSA CLAC cartridge track 04
CLA
B 1
CLA
B 0
0403
Figure 2. Clock and Alarm Buffer units (CLAB) in CLAC-B cartridge.
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 73 (173)
CLAC-B 1/6-shelf cartridge Slot Name Function Equip. Note F03 CLAB-S /
CLAB-U CLAB Base 1)
F04 CLAB-S / CLAB-U
CLAB Base 1)
1) CLAC-B cartridge is also used in the TCSM3i, combined BSC/TCSM installation option (in the TCSA cabinet). In the TCSM3i, combined BSC/TCSM option, the BSC part can be either BSC3i 1000 or BSC3i 2000 or Flexi BSC.
Check the required prom version from S14 pre-processor program information document in release binder Plug-in unit strapping instructions can be found in end of the document: Appendix CLAB_S jumper settings Appendix CLAB_U jumper settings
9.3.6 Change units state and run diagnostics to CLS-1, SBUS-1, CLAB-1 and CLAB-3
New delivery Flexi BSC does not have CLAB units.
CLAB-2 and CLAB-3 are in use in three cabinet configurations (BSCC, BSCD and TCSA).
ZUSC:<unit_type>,<index>:SE; ZUSC:<unit_type>,<index>:TE;
Run diagnostic 1st CLS-1, 2nd SBUS-1, 3rd CLAB-1 and 4th CLAB-3 ZUDU:<unit>,<index>;
If diagnostic results OK, change CLS-1, SBUS-1, CLAB-1 and CLAB-3 state to SP-EX, wait for a while to check the stability
If diagnostic results OK, release the CLS-0, CLAB-0 and CLAB-2 Forced control button by pressing it and change CLS-1, SBUS-1, CLAB-1 and CLAB-3 state to SP-EX, wait for a while to check the stability
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power
ON
74 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
ZUSC:<unit_type>,<index>:SP;
9.3.7 Release the CLS-0, CLAB-0 and CLAB-2 Forced control button by pressing it.
9.3.8 Create the CLAC unit (WTC, WTU, WTP)
Note!
In configuration examples is used rack letter as “C”, but the user can choose the specified info
The macro asks user to give a proper rack letter
and following message appears if the letter is in use:
• In two cabinet configurations (BSCC and TCSA): − CLAB index’s are 2 and 3
• In three cabinet configurations ( BSCC, BSCD and TCSA): − CLAB index’s are 4 and 5
• In New delivery Flexi BSC ( BSCC and TCSA):
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 75 (173)
− CLAB index’s are 0 and 1
ZWTC:CLAC_B,1C1-0:; ZWTU:CLAB,<index>:1C1-0; ZWTP:CLAB,<index>:CLAB_S,0,03; OR ZWTP:CLAB,<index>:CLAB_U,0,03; ZWTU:CLAB,<index>:1C1-0:; ZWTP:CLAB,<index>:CLAB_S,0,04; OR ZWTP:CLAB,<index>:CLAB_U,0,04;
9.3.9 Create the TCSM3i cabinet (WTJ)
ZWTJ:TCSA,1C:AL=1C1-0-3R1,PDFU=4;
9.3.10 Create the FAN trays (WTC)
ZWTC:FTRB_A,1C11-0,:AL=1C1-0-3S7;
9.3.11 Create the SBUS unit
Note! SBUS units are created only to initial Flexi BSC
ZWTU:SBUS,0; ZWTU:SBUS,1;
Change the SBUS states to WO-EX and SP-EX: ZUSC:SBUS,0:SE; ZUSC:SBUS,0:TE; ZUSC:SBUS,0:WO; ZUSC:SBUS,1:SE; ZUSC:SBUS,1:TE; ZUSC:SBUS,1:SP;
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power
ON
76 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
9.3.12 Change CLAB unit state to WO-EX and SP-EX and run diagnostic (USC, UDU)
• In case of two cabinet configurations (BSCC, TCSA), new delivery Flexi BSC/TCSM:
Change the CLAB-0 to WO-EX state: ZUSC:CLAB,0:SE; ZUSC:CLAB,0:TE; ZUSC:CLAB,0:WO;
Change the CLAB-1 to SP-EX state: ZUSC:CLAB,1:SE; ZUSC:CLAB,1:TE; ZUSC:CLAB,1:SP;
Change CLAB-0 to TE-EX: ZUSC:CLAB,0:SP; ZUSC:CLAB,0:TE;
Run diagnostic to CLAB-0: ZUDU:CLAB,0;
If diagnostic OK, change the units state to WO-EX ZUSC:CLAB,0:SP; ZUSC:CLAB,0:WO;
Change the CLAB-1 to TE-EX state:
ZUSC:CLAB,1:TE;
Run diagnostic to CLAB-1, and -3: ZUDU:CLAB,1;
If diagnostic OK, change the units state to SP-EX ZUSC:CLAB,1:SP;
• In case of two cabinet configurations (BSCC, TCSA), BSC3i 1000/TCSM, upgraded Flexi BSC/TCSM:
Change the CLAB-0,and -2 to WO-EX state: ZUSC:CLAB,<0/2>:SE;
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 77 (173)
ZUSC:CLAB,<0/2>:TE; ZUSC:CLAB,<0/2>:WO;
Change the CLAB-1, and -3 to SP-EX state: ZUSC:CLAB,<1/3>:SE; ZUSC:CLAB,<1/3>:TE; ZUSC:CLAB,<1/3>:SP;
Change CLAB-0, and -2 to TE-EX: ZUSC:CLAB,<0/2>:SP; ZUSC:CLAB,<0/2>:TE;
Run diagnostic to CLAB-0, and -2: ZUDU:CLAB,<0/2>;
If diagnostic OK, change the units state to WO-EX ZUSC:CLAB,<0/2>:SP; ZUSC:CLAB,<0/2>:WO;
Change the CLAB-1, and -3 to TE-EX state:
ZUSC:CLAB,<1/3>:TE;
Run diagnostic to CLAB-1, and -3: ZUDU:CLAB,<1/3>;
If diagnostic OK, change the units state to SP-EX ZUSC:CLAB,<1/3>:SP;
• In case of three cabinet configuration (BSCC, BSCD, TCSA), BSC3i 2000/TCSM:
Change the CLAB-0, -2 or -4 to WO-EX state: ZUSC:CLAB,<0 or 2 or 4>:SE; ZUSC:CLAB,<0 or 2 or 4>:TE; ZUSC:CLAB,<0 or 2 or 4>:WO;
Change the CLAB-1, -3 or -5 to SP-EX state: ZUSC:CLAB,<1 or 3 or 5>:SE; ZUSC:CLAB,<1 or 3 or 5>:TE; ZUSC:CLAB,<1 or 3 or 5>:SP;
Change CLAB-0, -2 or -4 to TE-EX:
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power
ON
78 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
ZUSC:CLAB,<0 or 2 or 4>:SP; ZUSC:CLAB,<0 or 2 or 4>:TE;
Run diagnostic to CLAB-0, -2 or -4: ZUDU:CLAB,<0 or 2 or 4>;
If diagnostic OK, change the units state to WO-EX ZUSC:CLAB,<0 or 2 or 4>:SP; ZUSC:CLAB,<0 or 2 or 4>:WO;
Change the CLAB-1, -3 or -5 to TE-EX state:
ZUSC:CLAB,<1 or 3 or 5>:TE;
Run diagnostic to CLAB-1, -3 or -5: ZUDU:CLAB,<1 or 3 or 5>;
If diagnostic OK, change the units state to SP-EX ZUSC:CLAB,<1 or 3 or 5>:SP;
9.4 Install SBMUX-A and ETS2 plug-in units, Hotlinks cables and check SW256B strapping’s in MCMU-0
Redundancy options for ETS2 plug-in unit (STMU unit) is transmission redundancy (option 1) and HW redundancy (option 2). Cablings and equipment differs which option is chosen and macro asks user in this step which option is wanted to be used.
9.4.1 Change MCMU-0 and EMB-0 unit state to SE-NH (USC)
Change the MCMU-0 and EMB-0 to SP-EX state: ZUSC:MCMU,0:SP; ZUSC:EMB,0:SP;
Change the MCMU-0 and EMB-0 to SE-NH state from the basic rack (BSCC) before installing the cable:
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 79 (173)
ZUSC:MCMU,0:TE; ZUSC:MCMU,0:SE; ZUSC:MCMU,0:SE; ZUSC:EMB,0:TE; ZUSC:EMB,0:SE; ZUSC:EMB,0:SE;
9.4.2 Switch OFF the power from MCMU-0
Note! The 2755 alarm might be on because in this phase one cable is connected to GTIC-3 site and alarms in GSW-0, SBMUX and ETS2 cards might have red lights on because there is still cables unconnected.
9.4.3 Block alarm 3034 BUS FAILURE IN SWITCHING NETWORK
Alarm is blocked to avoid MCMU go down, in case if cables and strapping’s are not correctly installed.
ZABB:3034;
9.4.4 Install SBMUX-A and ETS2 cards to GTIC-2 and GTIC-3 cartridge and check the strapping’s
02 03 04 05 0601 07 08 09 02 03 04 05 0601 07 08 09
GTIC 2 GTIC 3
02 03 04 05 0601 07 08 09
GTIC 4
ETS2 ETS2 ETS2 ETS2
SHIM
4T
SHIM
4T
SHIM
4T
SHIM
4T
SHIM
4T
SHIM
4T
SHIM
4T
SHIM
4T
SHIM
4T
SHIM
4T
SHIM
4T
SHIM
4T
SHIM
4T
SHIM
4T
SHIM
4T
SHIM
4T
SHIM
4T
SHIM
4T
SHIM
4T
SB1-0
ORP
SB2-0SB2-1
SB3-0SB3-1
SB4-0SB4-1
SB1-0
ORP
SB2-0SB2-1
SB3-0SB3-1
SB4-0SB4-1
SBM UX-A SBM UX-A
SB1-0
ORP
SB2-0SB2-1
SB3-0SB3-1
SB4-0SB4-1
SB1-0
ORP
SB2-0SB2-1
SB3-0SB3-1
SB4-0SB4-1
SBM UX-A SBM UX-A
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power
ON
80 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
A. GTIC 2 (GT4C-A cartridge)
GT4C-A ¼-shelf cartridge Slot Name Function Equip. # of
Hotlinks # of 8M PCM (A interface)
Note
F1 SBMUX-A Serial Broadband <-> 8M PCM MUX
Base 4 64
F2 SBMUX-A Serial Broadband <-> 8M PCM MUX
Base 2 32
F3 SHIM4T Front panel with shim plate Base F4 SHIM4T Front panel with shim plate Base F5 ETS2 SDH/SONET Exchange
terminal Base 4
F6 ETS2 SDH/SONET Exchange terminal
Base 2/4 2 in case of transmission redundancy and 4 in HW redundancy
F7 ETS2 SDH/SONET Exchange terminal
Base 4 in case of HW redundancy
F8 SHIM4T Front panel with shim plate Base F5 SHIM4T Front panel with shim plate Base
Plug-in unit strapping instructions can be found in end of the document: Appendix SBMUX-A jumper settings Plug-in unit strapping instructions can be found in end of the document: Appendix ETS2 jumper settings Change SW256B cards strapping to be compatible with Combined BSC/TCSM PIU settings and hotlink cables see Appendix SW256B jumper settings When BSC3i 1000/2000 is used check the SWCOP’s prom version and change if needed. Required prom version of SWCOP-A’s can be found from S14 pre-processor program information document in release binder.
9.4.5 Install cables
Install PCM cables to GSW2KB:
Equipping CABLE FROM CABLE TO
No FU Position Cabinet FU Position Type Use Note
TCSA 0_021 GTIC 2 1.3B 09.2E BSCC GSW2KB 0 1.0B 04.2D CHE032 PCM BSC3i1000/2000
Control 1)
TCSA 0_023 GTIC 3 1.6B 09.2E BSCC GSW2KB 0 1.0B 04.2F CHE033 PCM BSC3i1000/2000
Control 1)
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 81 (173)
Equipping CABLE FROM CABLE TO
No FU Position Cabinet FU Position Type Use Note
TCSA 0_021 GTIC 2 1.3B 09.2E BSCC GSW2KB-A 0 1.0B 07.2Y CHE040 PCM New delivery Flexi
Control 2)
TCSA 0_023 GTIC 3 1.6B 09.2E BSCC GSW2KB-A 0 1.0B 07.3A CHE038 PCM New delivery Flexi
Control 2)
TCSA 0_021 GTIC 2 1.3B 09.2E BSCC GSW2KB 0 1.0B 07.1N CHE041 PCM Upgraded Flexi
Control
TCSA 0_023 GTIC 3 1.6B 09.2E BSCC GSW2KB 0 1.0B 07.1P CHE042 PCM Upgraded Flexi
Control
Notes:
1) The PCM cables of the BSC3i connected to position B 04.2D in GSW2KB 0 and GSW2KB 1 cartridges (BSCC_535 and BSCC_635 if S12 new delivery or BSCC_582 and BSCC_682 if S12 upgrade delivery) must be disconnected and tied the cable ends so that they are not causing any harm or damaged.
2) The PCM cables of the Flexi BSC in GSW2KB-A 0 and GSW2KB-A 1 (BSCC_271-274 and BSCC_371-374) must be disconnected and tied the cable ends so that they are not causing any harm or damaged.
Connect SBMUX-A HOTLINK cables to GSW2KB:
Equipping CABLE FROM CABLE TO
No FU Position Cabinet FU Position Type Use Note
TCSA 0_030 GTIC 2 1.3F 01.SB1-0 BSCC GSW2KB 0 1.0F 06.SB1-0 CSB072 Hotlink BSC3i1000/2000
Upgraded Flexi
Ater interface 1)
TCSA 0_031 GTIC 2 1.3F 02.SB1-0 BSCC GSW2KB 0 1.0F 07.SB1-0 CSB072 Hotlink BSC3i1000/2000
Upgraded Flexi
Ater interface 1)
TCSA 0_030 GTIC 2 1.3F 01.SB1-0 BSCC GSW2KB-A 0 1.0F 07.SB3-0 CSB064 Hotlink New delivery Flexi
Ater interface 2)
TCSA 0_031 GTIC 2 1.3F 02.SB1-0 BSCC GSW2KB-A 0 1.0F 07.SB4-0 CSB064 Hotlink New delivery Flexi
Ater interface 2) Notes:
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power
ON
82 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
1) The PCM cables of the BSC3i connected to positions B 06.1A and B 06.1E in GSW2KB 0 and GSW2KB 1 cartridges (BSCD 0_049 - BSCD 0_050 and BSCD 0_149 - BSCD 0_150) must be disconnected and tied the cable ends so that they are not causing any harm or damaged.
2) The PCM cables of the Flexi BSC in GSW2KB-A 0 and GSW2KB-A 1 (BSCC_271-274 and BSCC_371-374) must be disconnected and tied the cable ends so that they are not causing any harm or damaged.
9.4.5.1 Option1: ETS2 with transmission redundancy
Connect ETS2 all needed HOTLINK cables between GTIC-2 and GTIC-3:
Equipping CABLE FROM CABLE TO
No FU Position FU Position Type Use Note
TCSA_450 GTIC 2 1.3F 01.SB2-0 GTIC 2 1.3F 05.SB1-0 CSB005 Hotlink A interface
TCSA_451 GTIC 2 1.3F 01.SB3-0 GTIC 2 1.3F 05.SB2-0 CSB005 Hotlink A interface
TCSA_452 GTIC 2 1.3F 01.SB4-0 GTIC 2 1.3F 06.SB1-0 CSB005 Hotlink A interface
TCSA_453 GTIC 2 1.3F 02.SB2-0 GTIC 3 1.6F 05.SB1-0 CSB007 Hotlink A interface
TCSA_454 GTIC 2 1.3F 02.SB3-0 GTIC 3 1.6F 05.SB2-0 CSB007 Hotlink A interface
TCSA_455 GTIC 2 1.3F 02.SB4-0 GTIC 3 1.6F 06.SB1-0 CSB007 Hotlink A interface
TCSA_460 GTIC 3 1.6F 01.SB2-0 GTIC 2 1.3F 05.SB1-1 CSB006 Hotlink A interface
TCSA_461 GTIC 3 1.6F 01.SB3-0 GTIC 2 1.3F 05.SB2-1 CSB006 Hotlink A interface
TCSA_462 GTIC 3 1.6F 01.SB4-0 GTIC 2 1.3F 06.SB1-1 CSB006 Hotlink A interface
TCSA_463 GTIC 3 1.6F 02.SB2-0 GTIC 3 1.6F 05.SB1-1 CSB005 Hotlink A interface
TCSA_464 GTIC 3 1.6F 02.SB3-0 GTIC 3 1.6F 05.SB2-1 CSB005 Hotlink A interface
TCSA_465 GTIC 3 1.6F 02.SB4-0 GTIC 3 1.6F 06.SB1-1 CSB005 Hotlink A interface Note!
If there is HOTLINK cable connected and leaved not connected to other end, the MCMU will go down.
9.4.5.2 Option2: ETS2 with HW redundancy
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 83 (173)
Connect ETS2 all needed HOTLINK cables between GTIC-2 and GTIC-3 and ADDMOD modules according to following tables.
Equipping CABLE FROM CABLE TO
No FU Position FU Position Type Use Note
TCSA_600 GTIC 2 1.3F 01.SB2-1 GTIC 3 1.6F 05.SB1-0 CSB006 Hotlink TCSA_601 GTIC 2 1.3F 01.SB3-1 GTIC 3 1.6F 05.SB2-0 CSB007 Hotlink TCSA_602 GTIC 2 1.3F 01.SB4-1 GTIC 3 1.6F 06.SB1-0 CSB007 Hotlink TCSA_610 GTIC 2 1.3F 02.SB2-1 GTIC 3 1.6F 06.SB2-0 CSB006 Hotlink TCSA_611 GTIC 2 1.3F 02.SB3-1 GTIC 3 1.6F 07.SB1-0 CSB007 Hotlink TCSA_612 GTIC 2 1.3F 02.SB4-1 GTIC 3 1.6F 07.SB2-0 CSB007 Hotlink TCSA_450 GTIC 2 1.3F 01.SB2-0 GTIC 2 1.3F 05.SB1-0 CSB005 Hotlink TCSA_451 GTIC 2 1.3F 01.SB3-0 GTIC 2 1.3F 05.SB2-0 CSB005 Hotlink TCSA_452 GTIC 2 1.3F 01.SB4-0 GTIC 2 1.3F 06.SB1-0 CSB005 Hotlink TCSA_453 GTIC 2 1.3F 02.SB2-0 GTIC 2 1.3F 06.SB2-0 CSB005 Hotlink TCSA_454 GTIC 2 1.3F 02.SB3-0 GTIC 2 1.3F 07.SB1-0 CSB006 Hotlink TCSA_455 GTIC 2 1.3F 02.SB4-0 GTIC 2 1.3F 07.SB2-0 CSB006 Hotlink
Position ID Name FU Use Note
1.3B 05.4E C108710 ADMOD23 GTIC
1.3B 06.4E C108710 ADMOD23 GTIC
1.3B 07.4E C108710 ADMOD23 GTIC
9.4.6 Switch ON the power from MCMU-0
Note that alarm 2755 might be on because in this phase one cable is connected to GTIC-3 site and alarms in GSW-0, SBMUX and ETS2 cards might have red lights on because there is still cables unconnected.
9.4.7 Create SBMUX-As (WTC, WTU, WTP).
SBMUX-As are created under the GSW extension cartridge into tracks 1 and 2 so that both GSWs have one cartridge in the TCSM3i cabinet.
ZWTC:GT4C_A,1C1-3,:AL=1C1-0-2S3,;
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power
ON
84 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
ZWTU:GSW,0:1C1-3:MAS=MCMU; ZWTP:GSW,0,1C1-3:SBMUX_A,0,1:; ZWTP:GSW,0,1C1-3:SBMUX_A,1,2:;
9.4.8 Create the STMU functional unit to GTIC-2 cartridge (WTU, WTP, WUC)
Note!
Make sure that the PRFILE parameter COMBI_CONF_ALLOWED has been set on before starting to create STMUs.
9.4.8.1 Option1: ETS2 with transmission redundancy
Create STMU units with following commands: ZWTU:STMU,32:1C1-3:; ZWTU:STMU,34:1C1-3:;
Here are the ETS2 plug-in unit creation commands for different BSC types:
BSC3i1000/2000 ZWTP:STMU,32:ETS2,0,5::LAPD,8,882,TSL,0&&15:; ZWTP:STMU,34:ETS2,0,6::LAPD,8,882,TSL,16&&31:;
Upgraded Flexi BSC ZWTP:STMU,32:ETS2,0,5::LAPD,8,1586,TSL,0&&15:; ZWTP:STMU,34:ETS2,0,6::LAPD,8,1586,TSL,16&&31:;
New delivery Flexi BSC ZWTP:STMU,32:ETS2,0,5::LAPD,8,1714,TSL,0&&15:; ZWTP:STMU,34:ETS2,0,6::LAPD,8,1714,TSL,16&&31:;
Connect ETS2 plug in units to BCSU with following commands: ZWUC:STMU,32:ETS2,0::<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index>:; ZWUC:STMU,34:ETS2,0::<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index>:;
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 85 (173)
9.4.8.2 Option2: ETS2 with HW redundancy
Create STMU units with following commands: ZWTU:STMU,32:<GTIC_location>:; ZWTU:STMU,34:<GTIC_location>:; ZWTU:STMU,36:<GTIC_location>:;
Here are the ETS2 plug-in unit creation commands for different BSC types:
BSC3i1000/2000 ZWTP:STMU,32:ETS2,0,5::LAPD,8,882,TSL,0&&15:; ZWTP:STMU,34:ETS2,0,6::LAPD,8,882,TSL,16&&31:; ZWTP:STMU,36:ETS2,0,7::LAPD,8,883,TSL,0&&15:;
Upgraded Flexi BSC ZWTP:STMU,32:ETS2,0,5::LAPD,8,1586,TSL,0&&15:; ZWTP:STMU,34:ETS2,0,6::LAPD,8,1586,TSL,16&&31:; ZWTP:STMU,36:ETS2,0,7::LAPD,8,1587,TSL,0&&15:;
New delivery Flexi BSC ZWTP:STMU,32:ETS2,0,5::LAPD,8,1714,TSL,0&&15:; ZWTP:STMU,34:ETS2,0,6::LAPD,8,1714,TSL,16&&31:; ZWTP:STMU,36:ETS2,0,7::LAPD,8,1715,TSL,0&&15:;
Connect ETS2 plug in units to BCSU with following commands: ZWUC:STMU,32:ETS2,0::<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index>:; ZWUC:STMU,34:ETS2,0::<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index>:; ZWUC:STMU,36:ETS2,0::<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index>:;
9.4.9 Change MCMU-0 and EMB-0 unit state to WO-EX (USC)
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power
ON
86 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
Change the MCMU-0 to TE-EX state: ZUSC:MCMU,0:SE; ZUSC:MCMU,0:TE;
Change the EMB-0 to SP-EX state: ZUSC:EMB,0:SE; ZUSC:EMB,0:TE; ZUSC:EMB,0:SP;
NOTE! In next phase the boot SW is updated to the SBMUX-A cards if needed. This can take from one unit about 40-60 minutes. Following message appears:
Check the SBMUX-A boot version:
ZDPX:GSW,0:SBMUX_A,<index>:CID;
If the boot version needs to be updated following message appears:
Load the boot SW to the unit if needed: ZWDG:GSW,0:SBMUX_A,;
Change the MCMU-0 and EMB-0 to WO-EX state: ZUSC:MCMU,0:SP; ZUSC:MCMU,0:WO; ZUSC:EMB,0:WO;
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 87 (173)
9.5 Install Hotlinks cables and check SW256B strapping’s in MCMU-1
9.5.1 Change MCMU-1 and EMB-1 unit state to SE-NH (USC)
Change the MCMU-1 and EMB-1 to SE-NH state from the basic rack (BSCC) before installing the cable:
ZUSC:MCMU,1:TE; ZUSC:MCMU,1:SE; ZUSC:MCMU,1:SE; ZUSC:EMB,1:TE; ZUSC:EMB,1:SE; ZUSC:EMB,1:SE;
9.5.2 Switch OFF the power from MCMU-1.
9.5.3 Change SW256B card strapping
Change SW256B cards strapping to be compatible with Combined BSC/TCSM PIU settings and hotlink cables see Appendix SW256B jumper settings
9.5.4 Install cables
Install PCM cables to GSW2KB:
Equipping CABLE FROM CABLE TO
No FU Position Cabinet FU Position Type Use Note
TCSA 0_020 GTIC 2 1.3B 09.2G BSCC GSW2KB 1 1.3B 04.2D CHE030 PCM BSC3i1000/2000
Control 1)
TCSA 0_022 GTIC 3 1.6B 09.2G BSCC GSW2KB 1 1.3B 04.2F CHE031 PCM BSC3i1000/2000
Control 1)
TCSA 0_020 GTIC 2 1.3B 09.2G BSCC GSW2KB-A 1 2.0B 07.2Y CHE043 PCM New delivery Flexi
Control 2)
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power
ON
88 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
Equipping CABLE FROM CABLE TO
No FU Position Cabinet FU Position Type Use Note
TCSA 0_022 GTIC 3 1.6B 09.2G BSCC GSW2KB-A 1 2.0B 07.3A CHE041 PCM New delivery Flexi
Control 2)
TCSA 0_020 GTIC 2 1.3B 09.2G BSCC GSW2KB 1 1.3B 07.1N CHE039 PCM Upgraded Flexi
Control
TCSA 0_022 GTIC 3 1.6B 09.2G BSCC GSW2KB 1 1.3B 07.1P CHE040 PCM Upgraded Flexi
Control Notes: 1) The PCM cables of the BSC3i connected to position B 04.2D in
GSW2KB 0 and GSW2KB 1 cartridges (BSCC_535 and BSCC_635 if S12 new delivery or BSCC_582 and BSCC_682 if S12 upgrade delivery) must be disconnected and tied the cable ends so that they are not causing any harm or damaged.
2) The PCM cables of the Flexi BSC in GSW2KB-A 0 and GSW2KB-A 1 (BSCC_271-274 and BSCC_371-374) must be disconnected and tied the cable ends so that they are not causing any harm or damaged.
9.5.4.1 Option1: ETS2 with transmission redundancy
Connect SBMUX-A HOTLINK cables to GSW2KB:
Equipping CABLE FROM CABLE TO
No FU Position Cabinet FU Position Type Use Note
TCSA 0_032 GTIC 3 1.6F 01.SB1-0 BSCC GSW2KB 1 1.3F 06.SB1-0 CSB070 Hotlink BSC3i1000/2000
Upgraded Flexi
Ater interface 1)
TCSA 0_033 GTIC 3 1.6F 02.SB1-0 BSCC GSW2KB 1 1.3F 07.SB1-0 CSB070 Hotlink BSC3i1000/2000
Upgraded Flexi
Ater interface 1)
TCSA 0_032 GTIC 3 1.6F 01.SB1-0 BSCC GSW2KB-A 1 2.0F 07.SB3-0 CSB064 Hotlink New delivery Flexi
Ater interface 2)
TCSA 0_033 GTIC 3 1.6F 02.SB1-0 BSCC GSW2KB-A 1 2.0F 07.SB4-0 CSB064 Hotlink New delivery Flexi
Ater interface 2)
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 89 (173)
Notes: 1) The PCM cables of the BSC3i connected to positions B 06.1A and B
06.1E in GSW2KB 0 and GSW2KB 1 cartridges (BSCD 0_049 - BSCD 0_050 and BSCD 0_149 - BSCD 0_150) must be disconnected and tied the cable ends so that they are not causing any harm or damaged.
2) The PCM cables of the Flexi BSC in GSW2KB-A 0 and GSW2KB-A 1 (BSCC_271-274 and BSCC_371-374) must be disconnected and tied the cable ends so that they are not causing any harm or damaged.
9.5.4.2 Option2: ETS2 with HW redundancy
Connect ETS2 all needed HOTLINK cables between GTIC-2 and GTIC-3 and 2N cables according to following tables:
Equipping CABLE FROM CABLE TO
No FU Position FU Position Type Use Note
TCSA_630 GTIC 3 1.6F 02.SB2-1 GTIC 3 1.6F 06.SB2-1 CSB006 Hotlink TCSA_631 GTIC 3 1.6F 02.SB3-1 GTIC 3 1.6F 07.SB1-1 CSB006 Hotlink TCSA_632 GTIC 3 1.6F 02.SB4-1 GTIC 3 1.6F 07.SB2-1 CSB006 Hotlink TCSA_463 GTIC 3 1.6F 02.SB2-0 GTIC 2 1.3F 06.SB2-1 CSB007 Hotlink TCSA_464 GTIC 3 1.6F 02.SB3-0 GTIC 2 1.3F 07.SB1-1 CSB007 Hotlink TCSA_465 GTIC 3 1.6F 02.SB4-0 GTIC 2 1.3F 07.SB2-1 CSB007 Hotlink TCSA_460 GTIC 3 1.6F 01.SB2-0 GTIC 2 1.3F 05.SB1-1 CSB006 Hotlink TCSA_461 GTIC 3 1.6F 01.SB3-0 GTIC 2 1.3F 05.SB2-1 CSB006 Hotlink TCSA_462 GTIC 3 1.6F 01.SB4-0 GTIC 2 1.3F 06.SB1-1 CSB006 Hotlink
TCSA_620 GTIC 3 1.6F 01.SB2-1 GTIC 3 1.6F 05.SB1-1 CSB006 Hotlink
TCSA_621 GTIC 3 1.6F 01.SB3-1 GTIC 3 1.6F 05.SB2-1 CSB006 Hotlink
TCSA_622 GTIC 3 1.6F 01.SB4-1 GTIC 3 1.6F 06.SB1-1 CSB006 Hotlink
Between GTIC cartridges
TCSA_640 GTIC 1.3B 05.4A GTIC 1.6B 05.4A CHFX006 2N
TCSA_641 GTIC 1.3B 05.4G GTIC 1.6B 05.4G CHES006 2N
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power
ON
90 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
TCSA_642 GTIC 1.3B 06.4A GTIC 1.6B 06.4A CHFX006 2N
TCSA_643 GTIC 1.3B 06.4G GTIC 1.6B 06.4G CHES006 2N
TCSA_644 GTIC 1.3B 07.4A GTIC 1.6B 07.4A CHFX006 2N
TCSA_645 GTIC 1.3B 07.4G GTIC 1.6B 07.4G CHES006 2N
9.5.5 Switch ON the power from MCMU-1.
9.5.6 Create SBMUX-As (WTC, WTU, WTP).
SBMUX-As are created under the GSW extension cartridge into tracks 1 and 2 so that both GSWs have one cartridge in the TCSM3i cabinet.
ZWTC:GT4C_A,1C1-6,:AL=1C1-0-3S3,; ZWTU:GSW,1:1C1-6:MAS=MCMU; ZWTP:GSW,1,1C1-6:SBMUX_A,0,1:; ZWTP:GSW,1,1C1-6:SBMUX_A,1,2:;
9.5.7 Create the STMU functional unit to GTIC-3 cartridge (WTU, WTP, WUC)
Note!
Make sure that the PRFILE parameter COMBI_CONF_ALLOWED has been set on before starting to create the STMUs.
9.5.7.1 Option1: ETS2 with transmission redundancy
Create STMU units with following commands: ZWTU:STMU,36:1C1-6:; ZWTU:STMU,38:1C1-6:;
Here are the ETS2 plug-in unit creation commands for different BSC types:
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 91 (173)
BSC3i1000/2000 ZWTP:STMU,36:ETS2,0,5::LAPD,8,890,TSL,0&&15:; ZWTP:STMU,38:ETS2,0,6::LAPD,8,890,TSL,16&&31:;
Upgraded Flexi BSC ZWTP:STMU,36:ETS2,0,5::LAPD,8,1594,TSL,0&&15:; ZWTP:STMU,38:ETS2,0,6::LAPD,8,1594,TSL,16&&31:;
New delivery Flexi BSC ZWTP:STMU,36:ETS2,0,5::LAPD,8,1722,TSL,0&&15:; ZWTP:STMU,38:ETS2,0,6::LAPD,8,1722,TSL,16&&31:;
Connect ETS2 plug in units to BCSU with following commands: ZWUC:STMU,36:ETS2,0::<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index>:; ZWUC:STMU,38:ETS2,0::<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index>:;
9.5.7.2 Option2: ETS2 with HW redundancy
Create STMU units with following commands: ZWTU:STMU,33:<GTIC_location>:; ZWTU:STMU,35:<GTIC_location>:; ZWTU:STMU,37:<GTIC_location>:;
Here are the ETS2 plug-in unit creation commands for different BSC types:
BSC3i1000/2000 ZWTP:STMU,33:ETS2,0,5::LAPD,8,890,TSL,0&&15:; ZWTP:STMU,35:ETS2,0,6::LAPD,8,890,TSL,16&&31:; ZWTP:STMU,37:ETS2,0,7::LAPD,8,891,TSL,0&&15:;
Upgraded Flexi BSC ZWTP:STMU,33:ETS2,0,5::LAPD,8,1594,TSL,0&&15:; ZWTP:STMU,35:ETS2,0,6::LAPD,8,1594,TSL,16&&31:; ZWTP:STMU,37:ETS2,0,7::LAPD,8,1595,TSL,0&&15:;
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power
ON
92 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
New delivery Flexi BSC ZWTP:STMU,33:ETS2,0,5::LAPD,8,1722,TSL,0&&15:; ZWTP:STMU,35:ETS2,0,6::LAPD,8,1722,TSL,16&&31:; ZWTP:STMU,37:ETS2,0,7::LAPD,8,1723,TSL,0&&15:;
Connect ETS2 plug in units to BCSU with following commands: ZWUC:STMU,33:ETS2,0::<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index>:; ZWUC:STMU,35:ETS2,0::<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index>:; ZWUC:STMU,37:ETS2,0::<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index>:;
9.5.8 Change MCMU-1 and EMB-1 unit state to SP-EX (USC)
Change the MCMU-1 to TE-EX: ZUSC:MCMU,1:SE; ZUSC:MCMU,1:TE;
Change the EMB-1 to WO-EX state: ZUSC:EMB,1:SE; ZUSC:EMB,1:TE; ZUSC:EMB,1:SP;
NOTE! In next phase the boot SW is updated to the SBMUX-A cards if needed. This can take from one unit 40-60 minutes.
Following message appears:
Check the SBMUX boot version: ZDPX:GSW,1:SBMUX_A,0:CID;
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 93 (173)
If the boot version needs to be updated following message appears:
Load the boot SW to the unit if needed: ZWDG:GSW,1:SBMUX_A,;
Change the MCMU-1 to SP-EX state: ZUSC:MCMU,1:SP;
9.6 Equipping ET units into STMU’s in ANSI and ETSI environments
In these examples the TCSM3i rack is market as “C”, but the letter in the field is modifiable.
9.6.1 ANSI: Create the A-interface ET units into STMUs (WTU, WTP, WUC).
In ANSI configuration, the last four ETs in each ET group configured to the combined TCSM3i are automatically in the SE-NH state.
In one TC2A-C cartridge used capacity is 16*5= 80*T1 and (SONET/OC3 interface capacity is 84*T1, but only first 80 T1s are used for traffic.
9.6.1.1 Option1: ETS2 with transmission redundancy
ZWTU:ET,3392&&3475:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=32,IF=0:; ZWTU:ET,3476&&3559:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=32,IF=1:; ZWTU:ET,3560&&3643:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=34,IF=0:; ZWTU:ET,3644&&3727:<GTIC3_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=36,IF=0:;
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power
ON
94 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
ZWTU:ET,3728&&3811:<GTIC3_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=36,IF=1:; ZWTU:ET,3812&&3895:<GTIC3_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=38,IF=0:;
ZWTP:ET,3392&&3475:ETS2,0,5::ETT00,8,3392&&3475,TSL,0:; ZWTP:ET,3476&&3559:ETS2,0,5::ETT00,8,3476&&3559,TSL,0:; ZWTP:ET,3560&&3643:ETS2,0,6::ETT00,8,3560&&3643,TSL,0:; ZWTP:ET,3644&&3727:ETS2,0,5::ETT00,8,3644&&3727,TSL,0:; ZWTP:ET,3728&&3811:ETS2,0,5::ETT00,8,3728&&3811,TSL,0:; ZWTP:ET,3812&&3895:ETS2,0,6::ETT00,8,3812&&3895,TSL,0:; ZWUC:ET,3392&&3475:ETS2,0:IF=<interface>:<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index; ZWUC:ET,3476&&3559:ETS2,0:IF=<interface>:<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index; ZWUC:ET,3560&&3643:ETS2,0:IF=<interface>:<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index; ZWUC:ET,3644&&3727:ETS2,0:IF=<interface>:<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index; ZWUC:ET,3728&&3811:ETS2,0:IF=<interface>:<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index; ZWUC:ET,3812&&3895:ETS2,0:IF=<interface>:<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index;
9.6.1.2 Option2: ETS2 with HW redundancy
ZWTU:ET,3392&&3475:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=32,IF=0:; ZWTU:ET,3476&&3559:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=32,IF=1:; ZWTU:ET,3560&&3643:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=34,IF=0:; ZWTU:ET,3644&&3727:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=34,IF=1:; ZWTU:ET,3728&&3811:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=36,IF=0:; ZWTU:ET,3812&&3895:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=36,IF=1:;
ZWTP:ET,3392&&3475:ETS2,0,5::ETT00,8,3392&&3475,TSL,0:; ZWTP:ET,3476&&3559:ETS2,0,5::ETT00,8,3476&&3559,TSL,0:; ZWTP:ET,3560&&3643:ETS2,0,6::ETT00,8,3560&&3643,TSL,0:; ZWTP:ET,3644&&3727:ETS2,0,6::ETT00,8,3644&&3727,TSL,0:; ZWTP:ET,3728&&3811:ETS2,0,7::ETT00,8,3728&&3811,TSL,0:; ZWTP:ET,3812&&3895:ETS2,0,7::ETT00,8,3812&&3895,TSL,0:; ZWUC:ET,3392&&3475:ETS2,0:IF=<interface>:<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index; ZWUC:ET,3476&&3559:ETS2,0:IF=<interface>:<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index; ZWUC:ET,3560&&3643:ETS2,0:IF=<interface>:<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index; ZWUC:ET,3644&&3727:ETS2,0:IF=<interface>:<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index; ZWUC:ET,3728&&3811:ETS2,0:IF=<interface>:<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index; ZWUC:ET,3812&&3895:ETS2,0:IF=<interface>:<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index;
9.6.2 ETSI: Create the A-interface ET units into STMUs (WTU, WTP, WUC)
9.6.2.1 Option1: ETS2 with transmission redundancy
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 95 (173)
ZWTU:ET,3392&&3454:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=32,IF=0:; ZWTU:ET,3456&&3518:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=32,IF=1:; ZWTU:ET,3520&&3582:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=34,IF=0:; ZWTU:ET,3584&&3646:<GTIC3_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=36,IF=0:; ZWTU:ET,3648&&3710:<GTIC3_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=36,IF=1:; ZWTU:ET,3712&&3774:<GTIC3_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=38,IF=0:; ZWTP:ET,3392&&3454:ETS2,0,5::ETT00,8,3392&&3454,TSL,0; ZWTP:ET,3456&&3518:ETS2,0,5::ETT00,8,3456&&3518,TSL,0; ZWTP:ET,3520&&3582:ETS2,0,6::ETT00,8,3520&&3582,TSL,0; ZWTP:ET,3584&&3646:ETS2,0,5::ETT00,8,3584&&3646,TSL,0; ZWTP:ET,3648&&3710:ETS2,0,5::ETT00,8,3648&&3710:ETS2,TSL,0; ZWTP:ET,3712&&3774:ETS2,0,6::ETT00,8,3712&&3774,TSL,0;
ZWUC:ET,3392&&3454:ETS2,0:IF=A:BCSU,<unit_index; ZWUC:ET,3456&&3518:ETS2,0:IF=A:BCSU,<unit_index; ZWUC:ET,3520&&3582:ETS2,0:IF=A:BCSU,<unit_index; ZWUC:ET,3584&&3646:ETS2,0:IF=A:BCSU,<unit_index; ZWUC:ET,3648&&3710:ETS2,0:IF=A:BCSU,<unit_index; ZWUC:ET,3712&&3774:ETS2,0:IF=A:BCSU,<unit_index;
9.6.2.2 Option2: ETS2 with HW redundancy ZWTU:ET,3392&&3454:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=32,IF=0:; ZWTU:ET,3456&&3518:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=32,IF=1:; ZWTU:ET,3520&&3582:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=34,IF=0:; ZWTU:ET,3584&&3646:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=34,IF=1:; ZWTU:ET,3648&&3710:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=36,IF=0:; ZWTU:ET,3712&&3774:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=36,IF=1:; ZWTP:ET,3392&&3454:ETS2,0,5::ETT00,8,3392&&3454,TSL,0; ZWTP:ET,3456&&3518:ETS2,0,5::ETT00,8,3456&&3518,TSL,0; ZWTP:ET,3520&&3582:ETS2,0,6::ETT00,8,3520&&3582,TSL,0; ZWTP:ET,3584&&3646:ETS2,0,6::ETT00,8,3584&&3646,TSL,0; ZWTP:ET,3648&&3710:ETS2,0,7::ETT00,8,3648&&3710,TSL,0; ZWTP:ET,3712&&3774:ETS2,0,7::ETT00,8,3712&&3774,TSL,0;
ZWUC:ET,3392&&3454:ETS2,0:IF=A:BCSU,<unit_index; ZWUC:ET,3456&&3518:ETS2,0:IF=A:BCSU,<unit_index; ZWUC:ET,3520&&3582:ETS2,0:IF=A:BCSU,<unit_index; ZWUC:ET,3584&&3646:ETS2,0:IF=A:BCSU,<unit_index; ZWUC:ET,3648&&3710:ETS2,0:IF=A:BCSU,<unit_index; ZWUC:ET,3712&&3774:ETS2,0:IF=A:BCSU,<unit_index;
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power
ON
96 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
9.6.3 Create protection groups to STMU’s
9.6.3.1 Option1: ETS2 with transmission redundancy
ANSI uses APS and ETSI MPS.
Create protection group to STMU-32: ZYWC:,,<BI/UNI>,<APS OR MSP>:128,129:; ZYWC:,,<BI/UNI>,<APS OR MSP>:130,131:;
Create protection group to STMU-34: ZYWC:,,<BI/UNI>,<APS OR MSP>:136,137:;
Create protection to STMU-36: ZYWC:,,<BI/UNI>,<APS OR MSP>:144,145:; ZYWC:,,<BI/UNI>,<APS OR MSP>:146,147:;
Create protection to STMU-38: ZYWC:,,<BI/UNI>,<APS OR MSP>:152,153:;
9.6.3.2 Option2: ETS2 with HW redundancy
ANSI uses APS and ETSI MPS.
Create protection group to STMU-32: ZYWC:,,<BI/UNI>,<APS OR MSP>:128,132; ZYWC:,,<BI/UNI>,<APS OR MSP>:130,134;
Create protection group to STMU-34: ZYWC:,,<BI/UNI>,<APS OR MSP>:136,140; ZYWC:,,<BI/UNI>,<APS OR MSP>:138,142;
Create protection group to STMU-36: ZYWC:,,<BI/UNI>,<APS OR MSP>:144,148; ZYWC:,,<BI/UNI>,<APS OR MSP>:146,150;
9.6.4 Change STMU’s state, run diagnostic and update SW if necessary (USC, WDI, WDR, UDU)
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 97 (173)
ZUSC:STMU,<index>:SE; ZUSC:STMU,<index>:TE;
Wait until the unit has load the code
NOTE! In next phase the boot SW is updated to the ETS2 cards if needed. This can take from one unit 40-60 minutes. Do not remove the cards or cause power reset while updating the boot SW , because the SW can corrupt and only way to recover is to send the PIU to HWS.
Following message appears:
Check the ETS2 boot SW to the plug-in unit: ZWDI:UT=STMU,UI=<index>;
If the boot SW needs to be updated following message appears:
Load the boot SW to the unit if needed: ZWDR:UT=STMU,UI=<index>;
Run diagnostic: ZUDU:STMU,<index>;
After successful loading take the unit to WO-EX state:
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power
ON
98 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
ZUSC:STMU,<index>:WO;
9.6.5 Unblock alarm 3034 BUS FAILURE IN SWITCHING NETWORK
Unblock alarm: ZABU:3034;
NOTE! If the alarm 3034 BUS FAILURE IN SWITCHING NETWORK comes active after this because of cabling or strapping faults or faulty PIU’s, the MCMU will go down and start the diagnostic. If the diagnostic starts let it run all phases, do not interrupt the diagnostic in this phase. Diagnostic to MCMU can take 40-60 minutes. Following message appears:
9.6.6 Run diagnostic to MCMU’s (ABU, USC, UDU)
Change the MCMU-0 to TE-EX: ZUSC:MCMU,0:SP; ZUSC:MCMU,0:TE;
NOTE! MCMU diagnostic to one unit can take 40-60 minutes. Following message appears:
Run diagnostic to MCMU-0:
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 99 (173)
ZUDU:MCMU,0;
After successful diagnostic change the MCMU-0 to WO-EX state: ZUSC:MCMU,0:SP; ZUSC:MCMU,0:WO;
Change the MCMU-1 to TE-EX: ZUSC:MCMU,1:SP; ZUSC:MCMU,1:TE;
Note! MCMU diagnostic to one unit can take 40-60 minutes.
Following message appears:
Run diagnostic to MCMU-1: ZUDU:MCMU,1;
After successful diagnostic change the MCMU-1 to SP-EX state: ZUSC:MCMU,1:SP;
9.6.7 Install TR3E/TR3T plug in units to the TCSA cabinet
In the Nokia TCSM3i for combined BSC/TCSM installations, the TR3E plug in units is used both in ANSI and ETSI environments. TR3T unit is cost reduction variant of TR3E with IP connectivity support.
TR3E and TR3T plug-in units are used alike. TR3E used in the pictures and tables below as example.
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power
ON
100 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
2 4 5 6 73 8 9 10
TR3E
1 11 12 13 14 15 16
SHIM
4T
17 18 19
TC2C 0...5
TC2C cartridges in combined BSC3i/TCSM3i installation
TR3E
TR3E
TR3E
TR3E
TR3E
TR3E
TR3E
TR3E
TR3E
TR3E
TR3E
TR3E
TR3E
TR3E
TR3E
SHIM
4T
SHIM
4T
TC2C 0…5 (TC2C-A cartridge)
TC2C-A ½-shelf cartridge Slot Name Function Equip. # of 2
Mbit/s (Ater)
# of 2 Mbit/s (A interface)
Note
F1 TR3E / SHIM4T
Transcoder piu (ETSI) / Front panel with shim plate
Optional / Base
1 4 1)
F2 TR3E / SHIM4T
Transcoder piu (ETSI) / Front panel with shim plate
Optional / Base
1 4 1)
F3 TR3E / SHIM4T
Transcoder piu (ETSI) / Front panel with shim plate
Optional / Base
1 4 1)
F4 TR3E / SHIM4T
Transcoder piu (ETSI) / Front panel with shim plate
Optional / Base
1 4 1)
F5 TR3E / SHIM4T
Transcoder piu (ETSI) / Front panel with shim plate
Optional / Base
1 4 1)
F6 TR3E / SHIM4T
Transcoder piu (ETSI) / Front panel with shim plate
Optional / Base
1 4 1)
F7 TR3E / SHIM4T
Transcoder piu (ETSI) / Front panel with shim plate
Optional / Base
1 4 1)
F8 TR3E / SHIM4T
Transcoder piu (ETSI) / Front panel with shim plate
Optional / Base
1 4 1)
F9 TR3E / SHIM4T
Transcoder piu (ETSI) / Front panel with shim plate
Optional / Base
1 4 1)
F10 TR3E / SHIM4T
Transcoder piu (ETSI) / Front panel with shim plate
Optional / Base
1 4 1)
F11 TR3E / SHIM4T
Transcoder piu (ETSI) / Front panel with shim
Optional / Base
1 4 1)
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 101 (173)
TC2C-A ½-shelf cartridge Slot Name Function Equip. # of 2
Mbit/s (Ater)
# of 2 Mbit/s (A interface)
Note
plate F12 TR3E /
SHIM4T Transcoder piu (ETSI) / Front panel with shim plate
Optional / Base
1 4 1)
F13 TR3E / SHIM4T
Transcoder piu (ETSI) / Front panel with shim plate
Optional / Base
1 4 1)
F14 TR3E / SHIM4T
Transcoder piu (ETSI) / Front panel with shim plate
Optional / Base
1 4 1)
F15 TR3E / SHIM4T
Transcoder piu (ETSI) / Front panel with shim plate
Optional / Base
1 4 1)
F16 TR3E / SHIM4T
Transcoder piu (ETSI) / Front panel with shim plate
Optional / Base
1 4 1)
F17 SHIM4T Front panel with shim plate
Base
F18 SHIM4T Front panel with shim plate
Base
F19 SHIM4T Front panel with shim plate
Base
1) If no TR3E is equipped, SHIM4T is left equipped in this slot.
Plug-in unit strapping instructions can be found in end of the document: Appendix: TR3E jumper settings Appendix: TR3T jumper settings
9.6.8 Create the TCSM3i cartridges (WTC)
ZWTC:TC2C_A,1C2-0,:AL=1C1-0-2R3; ZWTC:TC2C_A,1C2-6,:AL=1C1-0-3R3; ZWTC:TC2C_A,1C4-0,:AL=1C1-0-2R5; ZWTC:TC2C_A,1C4-6,:AL=1C1-0-3R5; ZWTC:TC2C_A,1C5-0,:AL=1C1-0-2R7; ZWTC:TC2C_A,1C5-6,:AL=1C1-0-3R7;
9.6.9 Create TCSM units (WTU, WTP)
ANSI: TCSM index must be the same as the corresponding Ater PCM index in the GSW. In combined BSC/TCSM installation, the PCM indexes reserved for this purpose are 1280-1327 and 1536-1583. Create only the units that are actually in use. See table below.
1 TR3E unit = 1 TCSM max channel capacity 119 channels/ 5*T1
TC2C-A max channels: 16*(23+24+24+24+24) = 1904 channels/ OC-3
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power
ON
102 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
16*5= 80*T1 from one TC2C-A cartridge (SONET/OC3 interface capacity is 84*T1, but only first 80 T1s are used for traffic)
SET numbers 128&129, 130&131, 136&137, 144&145, 146&147 and 152 & 153.
Information of Combined BSC/TCSM PCM(s): Appendix: TCSA-0 cabinet in BSC3i 1000 & Upgraded Flexi BSC (ANSI)
Appendix: TCSA-0 cabinet in case of New delivery Flexi BSC (ANSI)
ETSI: TCSM index must be the same as the corresponding Ater PCM index in the GSW. In combined BSC/TCSM installation, the PCM indexes reserved for this purpose are 1280-1327 and 1536-1583. Create only the units that are actually in use. See table below.
1 TR3E unit = 1 TCSM max channel capacity 120channels/ 4*E1
TC2C-A max channels: 15*(31+31+31+27)+(31+31+31+0) = 1893 channels/ STM-1
SET numbers 128&129, 130&131, 136&137, 144&145, 146&147 and 152 & 153
Information of Combined BSC/TCSM PCM(s): Appendix: TCSA-0 cabinet in BSC3i 1000 & Upgraded Flexi BSC (ETSI)
Appendix: TCSA-0 cabinet in case of New delivery Flexi BSC (ETSI)
Following message appears:
ZWTU:TCSM,<ater_pcm>:<catridge coordinates>:; ZWTP:TCSM,<ater_pcm>:<TR3E/TR3T>,<index>,<slot>::GENERAL,8,<ater_pcm>,TSL,1:; ZWUC:TCSM,<ater_pcm>:<TR3E/TR3T>,<index>;
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 103 (173)
9.7 Copy the HW equipment database information to the disk (DBC)
ZDBC:EQUIPM,0;
9.8 Synchronization cables (OPTIONAL)
The user can choose from cables BSCC_460 - BSCC_463 or BSCC_470 - BSCC_473 or TCSA 0_10..013 for synchronization source, to keep the existing source in use until new combined BSC/TCSM configurations has been finished.
Below table informing of used PCM’s when some of these set of synchronization cables are in default locations:
Equipping CABLE FROM CABLE TO
No FU Position Cabinet FU Position Type Use Note GSW2KB PCM ET
BSCC_460 CLOC 1.6B 00R3 BSCC
ETC 0
1.8B 02.2U CFIZ009
SYNC 2M3 528 ET 528
BSCC_461 CLOC 1.6B 00R2 BSCC
ETC 1
1.10B 01.2U CFIZ009
SYNC 2M2 576 ET 576
BSCC_462 CLOC 1.6B 00R1 BSCC
ETC 0
1.8B 01.2U CFIZ009
SYNC 2M1 512 ET 512
BSCC_463 CLOC 1.6B 01R1 BSCC
ETC 1
1.10B 02.2U CFIZ009
SYNC 2M4 592 ET 592
BSCC_470 CLOC 1.6B 00R3 BSCC
GTIC 0
5.6B 02.2Q CFIZ028
SYNC 2M3
BSCC_471 CLOC 1.6B 00R2 BSCC
GTIC 1
5.9B 01.2Q CFIZ028
SYNC 2M2
BSCC_472 CLOC 1.6B 00R1 BSCC
GTIC 0
5.6B 01.2Q CFIZ028
SYNC 2M1
BSCC_473 CLOC 1.6B 01R1 BSCC
GTIC 1
5.9B 02.2Q CFIZ028
SYNC 2M4
TCSA 0_010
GTIC 2
1.3B 06.2Q BSCC CLOC 1.6B 00R3 CFIZ028
SYNC 2M3
TCSA 0_011
GTIC 3
1.6B 05.2Q BSCC CLOC 1.6B 00R2 CFIZ028
SYNC 2M2
TCSA 0_012
GTIC 2
1.3B 05.2Q BSCC CLOC 1.6B 00R1 CFIZ028
SYNC 2M1
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power
ON
104 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
TCSA 0_013
GTIC 3
1.6B 06.2Q BSCC CLOC 1.6B 01R1 CFIZ028
SYNC 2M4
Synchronization cables when BSC Flexi (initial) in use:
Equipping CABLE FROM CABLE TO
No FU Position Cabinet FU Position Type Use Note GSW2KB PCM ET
TCSA 0_010
GTIC 2
1.3B 05.2Q BSCC CLS
1.0B 37.1N CHE028 SYNC 1) 2)
TCSA 0_011
GTIC 3
1.6B 05.2Q BSCC CLS
1.0B 37.1P CHE028 SYNC 1) 2)
TCSA 0_012
GTIC 2
1.3B 06.2Q BSCC CLS
1.0B 37.1R CHE028 SYNC 1) 2)
TCSA 0_013
GTIC 3
1.6B 06.2Q BSCC CLS
1.0B 37.1T CHE028 SYNC 1) 2)
Notes: 1) Cables TCSA 0_010 - TCSA 0_013 are freely configurable at the GTIC end. The default positions are
presented in the table above. However, cartridge and connector positions are freely selectable by the customer according to the table below.
GTIC 2 & 3:
Synchronisation signal 0 (TCL0)
Synchronisation signal 1 (TCL1)
B 05.2Q - B 06.2Q
B 05.2S - B 06.2S
2) The synchronisation cables of the BSC part connected to positions B 00R3, B 00R2, B 00R1 and B 01R1
in CLOC cartridge (BSCC_190 - BSCC_193) must be disconnected and tied the cable ends so that they are not causing any harm or damaged.
Default cable positions in cabling manual:
Equipping CABLE FROM CABLE TO
No FU Position Cabinet FU Position Type Use Note
TCSA 0_010 GTIC 2 1.3B 06.2Q BSCC CLOC 1.6B 00R3 CFIZ028 SYNC 1) 2)
TCSA 0_011 GTIC 3 1.6B 05.2Q BSCC CLOC 1.6B 00R2 CFIZ028 SYNC 1) 2)
TCSA 0_012 GTIC 2 1.3B 05.2Q BSCC CLOC 1.6B 00R1 CFIZ028 SYNC 1) 2)
TCSA 0_013 GTIC 3 1.6B 06.2Q BSCC CLOC 1.6B 01R1 CFIZ028 SYNC 1) 2) Notes 1) and 2): Cables TCSA 0_010 - TCSA 0_013 are freely configurable at the GTIC end. The default positions are presented in the table above. However, cartridge and connector positions are freely selectable by the customer according to the table below.
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 105 (173)
GTIC 2 & 3:
Synchronisation signal 0 (TCL0)
Synchronisation signal 1 (TCL1)
B 05.2Q - B 06.2Q
B 05.2S - B 06.2S
The synchronisation cables of the BSC3i connected to positions B 00R3, B 00R2, B 00R1 and B 01R1 in CLOC cartridge (BSCC_460 - BSCC_463 or BSCC_470 - BSCC_473) must be disconnected and tied the cable ends so that they are not causing any harm or damaged.
9.9 Create the transcoder configuration.
Create the TC_PCMs and possible through connections as described in Creating TCSM3i for combi BSC/TCSM installation in BSS Integration manual.
• Capacity and A-interface pool information in ANSI:
Suppported codecs Supported a-interface pools
kbit/s / channel TR3E TC2C-A capacity
FR, HR, EFR, AMR, AEC, TFO, NS, 14.4D, HSCSD, TTY
1 (FR) 3 (DR) 5 (EFR&FR) 7 (EFR& DR) 20 (EFR&DR&D144) 23 (AMR) 28 ( EFR,DR&AMR,D144)
16kbits/ channel
ANSI Combi BSC/TCSM: 1 TR3E = MAIN PCM (23+24+24+24)+BRANCH PCM (24)= 119 channel (5*T1)
ANSI Combi BSC/TCSM: 16 TR3E* 119 = 1904 channel/ OC-3 (80*T1)
10 ( HS2) 21 (HS2&D144)
32kbits/ channel
ANSI Combi BSC/TCSM: 1 TR3E = MAIN PCM (23+24)+BRANCH PCM (12)= 59 channel ( 3*T1)
ANSI Combi BSC/TCSM: 16 TR3E *59= 944 channel
13 (HS4) 22 (HS4 &D144) 32 (EFR&DR&AMR&HS4&D144)
64kbits/ channel
ANSI Combi BSC/TCSM: 1 TR3E = MAIN (23)+ BRANCH PCM (6)= 29 channel ( 2*T1)
ANSI Combi BSC/TCSM: 16 TR3E *29= 464 channel
• Capacity and A-interface pool information in ETSI
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power
ON
106 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
Suppported codecs Supported a-interface pools
kbit/s / channel TR3E TC2C-A capacity
FR, HR, EFR, AMR, AEC, TFO, NS, 14.4D, HSCSD, TTY
1 (FR) 3 (DR) 5 (EFR&FR) 7 (EFR& DR) 20 (EFR&DR&D144) 23 (AMR) 28 ( EFR,DR&AMR,D144)
16kbits/ channel
ETSI Combi BSC/TCSM: 1 TR3E = 31+31+31+27= 120 channel (4*E1)
ETSI Combi BSC/TCSM: 15 TR3E* 120 + 1* TR3E (31+31+31+0) = 1893 channel/ STM-1 (63*E1)
10 ( HS2) 21 (HS2&D144)
32kbits/ channel
ETSI Combi BSC/TCSM: 1 TR3E = 31+ 29= 60 channel (2*E1)
ETSI Combi BSC/TCSM: 16 TR3E *60= 960 channel
13 (HS4) 22 (HS4 &D144) 32 (EFR&DR&AMR&HS4&D144)
64kbits/ channel
ETSI Combi BSC/TCSM: 1 TR3E = 30 channel (1*E1)
ETSI Combi BSC/TCSM: 16 TR3E *30= 480 channel
Set the number of through connections: ZWGS:<highway pcm number>:<number of through connected channels>;
Create the TC-PCM: ZWGC:<highway pcm number>:POOL=<tc_pcm pool>:BCSU,<index>;
Create the through connections. ZWGA:<highway pcm circuit(PCM-TSL)>:<tc_pcm circuit(PCM-TSL)> ;
Change TCSM3i state from SE-NH to TE-EX with the MML command USC.
ZUSC:TCSM,<index>:SE; ZUSC:TCSM,<index>:TE;
The TR3E/-T starts downloading its software from the BSC, wait while the LDOK and PSAP has disappear.
NOTE!
State change to TE-EX can take 15-20 minutes.
After successfully downloading software, run the diagnostics with the MML command UDU:
ZUDU:TCSM,<index>;
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 107 (173)
After successful diagnostic change the TCSM state to WO-EX with the command USC:
ZUSC:TCSM,<index>:WO;
9.10 Create the MASTER and REMOTE combined BSC/TCSM configuration in ANSI environment
9.10.1 Create the REMOTE BSC ET PCM connection to MASTER BSC (WTU, WTP) for ANSI
In combined BSC/TCSM installation, the transcoding capacity of a TCSM3i can be shared by the master BSC, installed together with the TCSM3i, and one or more remote BSCs that are connected to the master BSC. The Ater interface between the master BSC and TCSM3i is internal and always based on ETSI PCM with 32 timeslots and it is therefore able to carry five ANSI T1 TC-PCMs.
Since the external PCMs carry only 24 timeslots in ANSI environment, the group switch capacity of the master BSC is therefore not effectively used, unless a fifth TC-PCM is connected to a TR3E plug-in unit and submultiplexed into the free space on the Ater PCM. This extra PCM cable is called BRANCH PCM.
Note that timeslot 31 on the Ater PCM cannot be used for through-connection.
Create ET unit and plug-in unit for remote ET PCM, (only if unit has not been created before to BSC, see in S14 NED document Creating and managing BSC hardware- chapter: Equipping hardware to the BSC3i 1000 / BSC3i 2000 with GSW2KB)
Create the MAIN PCM to Master BSC: ZWTU:ET,<pcm_number(s)>:<cartridge coordinates>:UNIT=STMU, IND=<index>, IF=<interface index>;
Note!
UNIT, ID and IF only if ETS2 is used.
ZWTP:ET,<pcm_number(s)>:<et_piu>,<index>,<slot>::ETT00,8,<pcm_number(s)>,TSL,0;
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power
ON
108 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
ZWUC:ET,<pcm_number(s)>:<et_piu>,<index>:IF=AREMO:BCSU,<bcsu_index>:;
Create the BRANCH PCM to Master BSC: ZWTU:ET,<pcm_number(s)>:<cartridge coordinates>:UNIT=STMU, IND=<index>, IF=<interface index>;
Note!
UNIT, ID and IF only if ETS2 is used.
ZWTP:ET,<pcm_number(s)>:<et_piu>,<index>,<slot>::ETT00,8,<pcm_number(s)>,TSL,0;
ZWUC:ET,<pcm_number(s)>:<et_piu>,<index>:IF=AREMO:BCSU,<bcsu_index>:;
Create protection groups (ONLY IF ETS2 in use): ZYWC:<protection group id>,:<working section SDH/SONET exchange terminal index>,<protection section SDH/SONET exchange terminal index>:;
Change STMU or ET units to WO-EX: ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:SE; ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:TE; ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:WO;
Example of ET16: ZWTU:ET,557:1A1-8:; (MAIN PCM) ZWTP:ET,557:ET16,0,3::ETT00,8,557,TSL,0; (MAIN PCM) ZWUC:ET,557:ET16,0:IF=AREMO:BCSU,2:; (MAIN PCM) ZWTU:ET,559:1A1-8:; (BRANCH PCM) ZWTP:ET,559:ET16,0,3::ETT00,8,559,TSL,0; (BRANCH PCM) ZWUC:ET,559:ET16,0:IF=AREMO:BCSU,2:; (BRANCH PCM)
9.10.2 Connect the REMOTE BSC ET PCM connections to MASTER BSC TCSM unit (RCC, RCA, RCB) for ANSI
Connect ET PCM for REMOTE BSC to MASTER BSC TCSM unit with semipermanent connections.
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 109 (173)
Create semipermanent connection circuit group for incoming cable from REMOTE BSC:
ZRCC:TYPE=SPE,CGR=<REMOTE_BSC_CGR_number>,NCGR=<REMOTE_BSC_CGR_name>:FORMAT=0,HUNTED=N,:;
For MAIN PCM:
ZRCA:CGR=<REMOTE_BSC_CGR_number>:<CRCT=<circuit(s)>:;
For BRANCH PCM:
ZRCA:CGR=<REMOTE_BSC_CGR_number>:<CRCT=<circuit(s)>:; Create semi-permanent connection circuit group for Combined BSC/TCSM connections:
ZRCC:TYPE=SPE,CGR=<CombiTCSM3i_CGR_nbr>,NCGR=<CombiTCSM3i_CGR_name>:FORMAT=0,HUNTED=N,:; ZRCA:CGR=<CombiTCSM3i_CGR_number>:<Ater_PCM_CRCT=<circuit(s)>:;
Connect semipermanent connections together:
Connect semipermanent connections together, MAIN PCM and Combined BSC/TCSM ATER:
ZRBA:CRCT=<MAIN_remote_pcm>:CRCT=<combiTCSM3i_pcm:BW=<bandwidth>:BI:;
Connect semi-permanent connections together, BRANCH PCM and Combined BSC/TCSM ATER:
ZRBA:CRCT=<MAIN_remote_pcm>:CRCT=<combiTCSM3i_pcm:BW=<bandwidth>:BI:;
Example: ZRCC:TYPE=SPE,CGR=1023,NCGR=REMOLTA:FORMAT=0,HUNTED=N,:; ZRCA:CGR=1023:CRCT=557-1&&-24:; (MAIN PCM) ZRCA:CGR=1023:CRCT=559-1&&-6:; (BRANCH PCM) ZRCC:TYPE=SPE,CGR=1022,NCGR=COMBILLE:FORMAT=0,HUNTED=N,:; ZRCA:CGR=1022:CRCT=1286-1&&-30:; ZRBA:CRCT=557-1:CRCT=1286-1:BW=24:BI:; (MAIN PCM) ZRBA:CRCT=559-1:CRCT=1286-25:BW=6:BI:; (BRANCH PCM)
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power
ON
110 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
9.10.3 Create the ET & Combi BSC3i /TCSM3i connections to REMOTE BSC (WTJ, WTC, WTU, WTP) for ANSI
Create ET unit and plug-in unit for remote ET PCM, (only if unit has not been created before to BSC, see in S14 NED document Creating and managing BSC hardware- chapter: Equipping hardware to the BSC3i 1000 / BSC3i 2000 with GSW2KB) In NED Nokia BSS Transmission Configuration chapter Time slot allocation in combined BSC/TCSM installation (ANSI) Create the MAIN PCM to REMOTE BSC:
ZWTU:ET,<pcm_number(s)>:<cartridge coordinates>:UNIT=STMU, IND=<index>, IF=<interface index>;
Note!
UNIT, ID and IF only if ETS2 is used.
ZWTP:ET,<pcm_number(s)>:<et_piu>,<index>,<slot>::ETT00,8,<pcm_number(s)>,TSL,0;
Create the BRANCH PCM to REMOTE BSC: ZWTU:ET,<pcm_number(s)>:<cartridge coordinates>:UNIT=STMU, IND=<index>, IF=<interface index>;
Note!
UNIT, ID and IF only if ETS2 is used.
ZWTP:ET,<pcm_number(s)>:<et_piu>,<index>,<slot>::ETT00,8,<pcm_number(s)>,TSL,0;
Connect the PCM to functional unit in REMOTE BSC:
ZWUC:ET,<ater_pcm>:<et_piu>,0:IF=A:BCSU,<bcsu_index>; (BRANCH PCM) ZWUC:ET,<MAIN PCM index>:<et_piu>,0:IF=A, BATER=<BRANCH PCM index>:BCSU,<bcsu_index>; (MAIN PCM, BATER= Branch ater)
Create protection groups( ONLY IF ETS2 in use):
ZYWC:<protection group id>,:<working section SDH/SONET exchange terminal index>,<protection section SDH/SONET exchange terminal index>:;
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 111 (173)
Change STMU or ET units to WO-EX:
ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:SE; ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:TE; ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:WO;
Create the master BSC TCSM cabinet, unit and plug-in unit to REMOTE BSC connect the PCM to functional unit:
ZWTJ:TCSA,<rack_coordinates>:PDFU=2; ZWTC:TC2C_A,<cartridge coordinates>:; ZWTU:TCSM,<ater_pcm>:1C2-0:; ZWTP:TCSM,<ater_pcm>:TR3E,<index>,<slot>::GENERAL,<pcm_type>,<ater_pcm>,TSL,1:REMOTE,<pcm_type>,<ater_pcm>,NO; ZWUC:TCSM,<ater_pcm>:TR3E,<index>:;
Change the state of the TCSM to WO-EX (USC).
This command automatically changes the state of the TCSM LAPD link to WO-EX. If the TCSM software does not exist or is different from that in the BSC, it is downloaded in this phase.
ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:SE; ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:TE; ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:WO;
Check the state of the TCSM2 LAPD link (DTF). ZDTF:TCSM,<unit index>:OMU;
The transcoder has less PCM types than the BSC has pools. This results in the fact that when you are checking the PCM circuits from the transcoder end, the PCM types are different than the pools in the BSC.
Example or ET16: ZWTU:ET,118:1A5-0; (MAIN PCM) ZWTU:ET,125:1A5-0; (BRANCH PCM) ZWTP:ET,118:ET2A_T,0,27::ETT00,4,118,TSL,0; (MAIN PCM) ZWTP:ET,125:ET2A_T,0,30::ETT00,4,125,TSL,0; (BRANCH PCM)
ZWTJ:TCSA,1F:PDFU=2; ZWTC:TC2C_A,1F2-0,:; ZWTU:TCSM,118:1F2-0:; (MAIN PCM) ZWTP:TCSM,118:TR3E,10,11::GENERAL,2,118,TSL,1:REMOTE,2,118,NO; (MAIN PCM) ZWUC:ET,125:ET2A_T,0:IF=A:BCSU,0:; (BRANCH PCM) ZWUC:ET,118:ET2A_T,0:IF=A,BATER=125:BCSU,3:; (MAIN PCM) ZWUC:TCSM,118:TR3E,10:; (BRANCH PCM)
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power
ON
112 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
9.11 Create the MASTER and REMOTE combined BSC/TCSM configuration in ETSI environment
9.11.1 Create the REMOTE BSC ET PCM connection to MASTER BSC (WTU, WTP) for ETSI
Create ET unit and plug-in unit for remote ET PCM, (only if unit has not been created before to BSC, see in S14 NED document Creating and managing BSC hardware- chapter: Equipping hardware to the BSC3i 1000 / BSC3i 2000 with GSW2KB) Create the MAIN PCM to Master BSC:
ZWTU:ET,<pcm_number(s)>:<cartridge coordinates>:UNIT=STMU, IND=<index>, IF=<interface index>;
Note!
UNIT, ID and IF only if ETS2 is used.
ZWTP:ET,<pcm_number(s)>:<et_piu>,<index>,<slot>::ETT00,8,<pcm_number(s)>,TSL,0; ZWUC:ET,<pcm_number(s)>:<et_piu>,<index>:IF=AREMO:BCSU,<bcsu_index>:;
Create protection groups( ONLY IF ETS2 in use):
ZYWC:<protection group id>,:<working section SDH/SONET exchange terminal index>,<protection section SDH/SONET exchange terminal index>:;
Change STMU or ET units to WO-EX:
ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:SE; ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:TE; ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:WO;
9.11.2 Connect the REMOTE BSC ET PCM connections to MASTER BSC TCSM unit (RCC, RCA, RCB) for ETSI
Connect REMOTE BSC ET PCM to master BSC TCSM unit with semi permanent connections
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 113 (173)
Create semipermanent connection circuit group for incoming cables from REMOTE BSC:
ZRCC:TYPE=SPE,CGR=<REMOTE_BSC_CGR_number>,NCGR=<REMOTE_BSC_CGR_name>:FORMAT=0,HUNTED=N,:; ZRCA:CGR=<REMOTE_BSC_CGR_number>:<CRCT=<circuit(s)>:;
Create semi-permanent connection circuit group for Combined BSC/TCSM connections:
ZRCC:TYPE=SPE,CGR=<CombiTCSM3i_CGR_nbr>,NCGR=<CombiTCSM3i_CGR_name>:FORMAT=0,HUNTED=N,:; ZRCA:CGR=<CombiTCSM3i_CGR_number>:<CRCT=<circuit(s)>:;
Connect semipermanent connections together:
ZRBA:CRCT=<remote_pcm-1>:CRCT=<combiTCSM3i_pcm-1:BW=31:BI:;
Example:
ZRCC:TYPE=SPE,CGR=1023,NCGR=REMO:FORMAT=0,HUNTED=N,:; ZRCA:CGR=1023:CRCT=557-1&&-31:; ZRCC:TYPE=SPE,CGR=1022,NCGR=COMBI:FORMAT=0,HUNTED=N,:; ZRCA:CGR=1022:CRCT=1290-1&&-31:; ZRBA:CRCT=557-1:CRCT=1290-1:BW=31:BI:;
9.11.3 Create the ET & Combi BSC3i /TCSM3i connections to REMOTE BSC (WTJ, WTC, WTU, WTP) for ETSI
Create ET unit and plug-in unit for remote ET PCM, (only if unit has not been created before to BSC, see in S14 NED document Creating and managing BSC hardware- chapter: Equipping hardware to the BSC3i 1000 / BSC3i 2000 with GSW2KB)
ZWTU:ET,<pcm_number(s)>:<cartridge coordinates>:UNIT=STMU, IND=<index>, IF=<interface index>;
Note!
UNIT, ID and IF only if ETS2 is used.
ZWTP:ET,<pcm_number(s)>:<et_piu>,<index>,<slot>::ETT00,8,<pcm_number(s)>,TSL,0; ZWUC:ET,<ater_pcm>:<et_piu>,0:IF=A:BCSU,<bcsu_index>;
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power
ON
114 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
Create protection groups( ONLY IF ETS2 in use):
ZYWC:<protection group id>,:<working section SDH/SONET exchange terminal index>,<protection section SDH/SONET exchange terminal index>:;
Change STMU or ET units to WO-EX:
ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:SE; ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:TE; ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:WO;
Create the master BSC TCSM cabinet, unit and plug-in unit to REMOTE BSC:
ZWTJ:TCSA,<rack_coordinates>:PDFU=2; ZWTC:TC2C_A,<cartridge coordinates>:; ZWTU:TCSM,<ater_pcm>:1C2-0:; ZWTP:TCSM,<ater_pcm>:TR3E,0,<slot>::GENERAL,<pcm_type>,<ater_pcm>,TSL,1:REMOTE,<pcm_type>,<ater_pcm>,NO; ZWUC:TCSM,<ater_pcm>:TR3E,<index>:;
Change the state of the TCSM to WO-EX (USC).
This command automatically changes the state of the TCSM LAPD link to WO-EX. If the TCSM2 software does not exist or is different from that in the BSC, it is downloaded in this phase.
ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:SE; ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:TE; ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:WO;
Check the state of the TCSM LAPD link (DTF). ZDTF:TCSM,<unit index>:OMU;
The transcoder has less PCM types than the BSC has pools. This results in the fact that when you are checking the PCM circuits from the transcoder end, the PCM types are different than the pools in the BSC.
9.12 Creating the MTP
Create signalling links (NCC).
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 115 (173)
It is strongly recommended to have at least two signalling links in the A interface. Furthermore, the links should not be controlled by the same Base Station Controller Unit (BCSU).
ZNCC:<signalling link number>:<external PCM-TSL>,<link bit rate>:BCSU,<unit number>:<parameter set number>;
Parameter Explanation
Parameter set number
ETSI: value 0 is recommended.
ANSI SS7: value 2 must be used.
Create the local signalling point code (NRP). ZNRP:<signalling network>,<bsc signalling point code>,<bsc signalling point name>,SEP:STAND=<ss7 standard>:<number of spc subfields>;
Parameter Explanation
ss7 standard ETSI: ITU-T is usually used.
ANSI: ANSI is recommended.
number of spc subfields
ETSI: value 1 is usually used.
ANSI: value 3 is usually used.
Create the signaling link set (NSC) for control plane directly to MSS ZNSC:<signalling network>,<msc signalling point code>,<msc signalling link set name>:<signalling link number>,<signalling link code>;
The signalling link code of the signalling link must be the same as the code of the corresponding link in the MSC. You can add up to four signalling links to the signalling link set. Repeat the last three parameters for each signalling link.
Create the signaling link set (NSC) Ater interface to MGW transparently via MGW to MSC server
ZNSC:<signalling network>,<MGW signalling point code>,<MGW signalling link set name>:<signalling link number>,<signalling link code>;
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power
ON
116 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
The parameters <signalling network> and <signalling point code> define the network element where the signalling link set leads to.
Add links to the signalling link set (NSA).
This step is needed only if all the links were not added to the link set in the previous step.
ZNSA:<signalling network>,<MSC or MGW signalling point code>,<MSC or MGW signalling link set name>:<signalling link number>,<signalling link code>;
Create the signalling route set (NRC) for control plane directly to MSS ZNRC:<signalling network>,<msc signalling point code>,<msc signalling point name>,<parameter set number>,<load sharing status>,<restriction status>:,,,0;
Parameter Explanation
parameter set number
Value 1 is recommended.ANSI: ANSI is recommended.
load sharing status
D is recommended.
restriction status R is recommended.
Create the signalling route set (NRC) for Ater interface to MGW transparently via MGW to MSC server
ZNRC:<signalling network>,<MGW signalling point code>,<MGW signalling point name>,<parameter set number>,<load sharing status>,<restriction status>:,,,0;
ZNRC:<signalling network>,<MSS signalling point code>,<MSS signalling point name>,<parameter set number>,<load sharing status>,<restriction status>:<MGW signalling transfer point code>,<MGW signalling transfer point name>,0;
The parameters <signalling transfer point code> and <signalling transfer point name> are used when the created signalling route is indirect, that is, the route goes via a signalling transfer point (STP).
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 117 (173)
Parameter Explanation
parameter set number
In STP configurations the 0 is recommended
1 is for direct connections.
load sharing status
D is recommended.
restriction status R is recommended with direct connections
N for STP configurations.
Allow activation of the signalling links (NLA). ZNLA:<signalling link numbers>;
Allow activation of the signalling route (NVA) for control plane directly to MSS
ZNVA:<signalling network>,<MSC or MSS and MGW signalling point code>:;
Allow activation of the signalling route (NVA) for Ater interface to MGW transparently via MGW to MSC server
ZNVA:<signalling network>,<MSC or MSS point code>:<signalling network>,<MGW signalling point code>;
Change signalling link states (NLC). ZNLC:<signalling link numbers>,ACT:;
Change route set state (NVC) for control plane directly to MSS ZNVC:<signalling network>,<MSC or MSS and MGW signalling point code>::ACT;
Change route set state (NVC) for Ater interface to MGW transparently via MGW to MSC server
ZNVC:<signalling network>,<MSC or MSS point code>:<signalling network>,<MGW signalling point code>:ACT;
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power
ON
118 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
9.13 Creating the SCCP
The parameter values shown in the table apply in each step in this procedure. Parameter Explanation
subsystem number ETSI: FE
ANSI: DE
subsystem name
ETSI: BSSAP
ANSI: RSAP
Create service (NPC). ZNPC:<signalling_network>,03,SCCP:Y:Y,208,10F;
Define SCCP for the BSC's own signalling point (NFD). ZNFD:<signalling network>,<bsc signalling point code>,<signalling point parameter set number>:<subsystem number>,<subsysten name>,<subsystem parameter set number>,;
Parameter Explanation
signalling point parameter set number
ETSI: value 1 is recommended.
ANSI: no recommended value.
subsystem number ETSI: FE
ANSI: DE
subsystem name
ETSI: BSSAP
ANSI: RSAP
subsystem parameter set number
ETSI: value 1 is recommended.
ANSI: no recommended value.
Define SCCP for the MSC or MSS signalling point (NFD).
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 119 (173)
ZNFD:<signalling network>,<MSC or MSS signalling point code>,<signalling point parameter set number>:<subsystem number>,<subsystem name>,<subsystem parameter set number>;
See the previous step for recommended parameter values.
Modify broadcast status of SCCP signalling points (OBM). ZOBM:<signalling network>,<BSC signaling point code>,<subsystem number>::Y;
Parameter Explanation
subsystem number ETSI: FE
ANSI: DE
subsystem name
ETSI: BSSAP
ANSI: RSAP
Modify the local broadcast status of SCCP subsystems (OBC). ZOBC:<signalling network>,<MSC or MSS signaling point code>,<subsystem number>::Y;
Parameter Explanation
subsystem number ETSI: FE
ANSI: DE
subsystem name
ETSI: BSSAP
ANSI: RSAP
Change the SCCP state at BSC side (NGC). ZNGC:<signalling network>,<bsc signalling point code>:ACT;
Change the SCCP state at MSC or MSS side (NGC). ZNGC:<signalling network>,<MSC or MSS signalling point code>:ACT;
Change subsystem state at BSC side (NHC).
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power
ON
120 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
ZNHC:<signalling network>,<bsc signalling point code>:<subsystem>:ACT;
The value of the parameter subsystem is BSSAP in ETSI and RSAP in ANSI.
Change subsystem state at MSC or MSS side (NHC). ZNHC:<signalling network>,<MSC or MSS signalling point code>:<subsystem>:ACT;
The value of the parameter subsystem is BSSAP in ETSI and RSAP in ANSI.
9.14 Creating the speech channels
Speech circuits are used to carry the actual user data through the A interface. One circuit is needed for each ongoing call.
Create a circuit group (RCC). ZRCC:TYPE=CCS,NCGR=<ciruit group name>,CGR=<circuit group number>:DIR=<direction>,NET=<signaling network>,SPC=<msc signalling point code>,LSI=<line signalling>;
Note!
The circuit group name must have the same name as the one created for MSC. Parameter Explanation
line signalling DUMMY, AINA0, AINA1, AIIN0, AIIN1, DSS01.
Add circuits to the circuit group (RCA).
ANSI: ZRCA:NCGR=<circuit group name>,ETPCM=<etpcm>,CRCT=<circuit(s)>,CIC=<circuit identification code>,CICDIR=<direction of CIC>;
Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 121 (173)
ETSI:
In multiplexed cases: ZRCA:NCGR=<circuit group name>:ETPCM=<etpcm>, CRCT=<circuit(s)>,CRCTSTEP=1:CCSPCM=<number of PCM system>:;
In non-multiplexed cases: ZRCA:CGR=1:ETPCM=<etpcm>,CRCT=<circuits>:CCSPCM=<number of PCM system>:;
Change the state of the speech circuits (CEC).
Immediately after creation the circuits are in NU-US state. The state must be changed to WO-EX before the circuits can be used.
ZCEC:ETPCM=<etpcm>,CRCT=<circuit>:<state>; ZCEC:ETPCM=<circuit>,CRCT=<circuit>:WO;
Actions after upgrade & Post conditions
122 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
10 Actions after upgrade & Post conditions
10.1 BSC configuration printout (post-check)
The information about the BSC configurations and conditions are collected.
The checking can be made by using the macro (UPGMAIN.HIT) or manually following the instructions from “BSC configuration printout”-document delivered in S14 Release Binder.
For macro execution, choose the BSC configuration printout step. Follow then the macro execution according the BSC configuration printout –document.
10.2 Fallback copying of the current package
In this step fallback copy is made. By default, the macro creates the fallback build (status FB) on the BSC’s disk. Fallback can also be copied to MO, DAT or USB if needed.
Manually, the fallback copying can be made following the document: Safecopying in BSC. The document can be found from NED.
Appendix
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 123 (173)
11 Appendix
11.1 CLAB_S jumper settings
Standard settings of CLAB-S
11.1.1 Standard settings (W1, W3, W4, W5-7, W9, W11, W12)
Table: Standard settings of CLAB-S (W1, W3, W4, W5-7, W9, W11, W12)
Appendix
124 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
Jumper Setting Meaning
W1;1 - 2 ON 32 MHz clock signal of the processor is not disconnected
W3;2 - 3
W4;2 - 3
W12;1 - 2
ON
ON
ON
Automatic phase advance enabled (used in i-series NEs)
W5;1 - 2 ON Watchdog enabled
W6;1 - 2 ON The 32 MHz output signal of the phase lock circuit is not disconnected
W7;1 - 2 ON The reset signal of the plug-in unit is not disconnected
W9;1 - 2 ON The 64 MHz output signal of the phase lock circuit is not disconnected
W10;1 - 2 ON The reset signal of the processor is not disconnected
W11;ALL OFF Used for testing of the phase lock circuit
11.1.2 Interchangeability code settings (W13)
Table: Interchangeability code settings of CLAB-S (W13)
ICC code W13 settings
1 - 8 2 - 7 3 - 6 4 - 5
A ON ON ON ON
B OFF ON ON ON
C ON OFF ON ON
D OFF OFF ON ON
E ON ON OFF ON
F OFF ON OFF ON
G ON OFF OFF ON
H OFF OFF OFF ON
J ON ON ON OFF
Appendix
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 125 (173)
ICC code W13 settings
K OFF ON ON OFF
L ON OFF ON OFF
M OFF OFF ON OFF
N ON ON OFF OFF
P OFF ON OFF OFF
R ON OFF OFF OFF
11.2 CLAB_U jumper settings
Standard settings of CLAB-U
Appendix
126 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
11.2.1 Standard settings (W51, W66, W70, W74, W75, W82, W86)
Table: Standard settings of CLAB-U (W51, W66, W70, W73, W74, W75, W82, W86)
Jumper Setting Meaning
W51;1 - 4 ON The reset signal of the plug-in unit is disconnected
W66;ALL OFF Used for testing of the phase lock circuit
W70;1 - 4 OFF Flash is write protected
W71;1 - 2
W71;2 - 3
OFF
ON
Setting of phase advance: LD2 or TSR0A automatic setting of
phase advance
W72;1 - 2
W72;2 - 3
OFF
ON
Setting of phase advance: LD4 or TSR0B automatic setting of
phase advance
W74;1 - 4 ON The 32 MHz output signal of the phase lock circuit is
connected
W75;1 - 4 ON The 64 MHz output signal of the phase lock circuit is
connected
W82;1 - 4 ON The processor is not in the reset state
W86;1 - 4 ON 32 MHz clock signal of the processor is connected
11.2.2 Interchangeability code settings (W73)
Table: Interchangeability code settings of CLAB-S (W73
ICC code W73 settings
1 - 8 2 - 7 3 - 6 4 - 5
A ON ON ON ON
B OFF ON ON ON
C ON OFF ON ON
D OFF OFF ON ON
Appendix
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 127 (173)
ICC code W73 settings
E ON ON OFF ON
F OFF ON OFF ON
G ON OFF OFF ON
H OFF OFF OFF ON
J ON ON ON OFF
K OFF ON ON OFF
L ON OFF ON OFF
M OFF OFF ON OFF
N ON ON OFF OFF
P OFF ON OFF OFF
R ON OFF OFF OFF
Appendix
128 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
11.3 ETS2 jumper settings
Figure: Jumpers and micro switches of the ETS2
11.3.1 Jumper W3 settings
The setting of the Jumper W3 is presented in the table below (W3). This jumper is not set during normal operation.
Pins When not connected/when connected
1 6 External watchdog enabled / External watchdog disabled
2 5 Back plane connector JTAG selected / Emulator connector W4 JTAG selected
3 4 RSTCONF signal pulled low / RSTCONF signal connected to Vcc
Appendix
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 129 (173)
11.3.2 Interchangeability settings SW1
The setting of the interchangeability code is presented in the table below (SW1).
ICC code Setting
4–5 3-6 2-7 1-8
A OFF OFF OFF OFF
B OFF OFF OFF ON
C OFF OFF ON OFF
D OFF OFF ON ON
E OFF ON OFF OFF
F OFF ON OFF ON
G OFF ON ON OFF
H OFF ON ON ON
J ON OFF OFF OFF
K ON OFF OFF ON
L ON OFF ON OFF
M ON OFF ON ON
N ON ON OFF OFF
P ON ON OFF ON
R ON ON ON OFF
11.3.3 Unit configuration settings
The unit configuration settings are presented in the table below (SW2).
Switch Default setting Function
1-8 OFF Width of the HDLC link: OFF = 16x64 kbit/s, ON = 8x64 kbit/s
Appendix
130 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
2-7 OFF Reserved for future use
3-6 OFF Reserved for future use
4-5 OFF Reserved for future use
11.4 SBMUX-A jumper settings
Figure: Connectors, micro switch and settings of the SBMUX-A.
The SBMUX-A has six micro switch packages with four switches each. The switches are used for setting PCM mode, Serial Broadband Interface capacity and Interchangeability code.
11.4.1 SBMUX-A jumper settings in combined BSC/TCSM installation
The following information is specifically for combined BSC/TCSM network elements.
Appendix
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 131 (173)
11.4.2 PCM mode settings (SW1)
4M/8M mode for serial buses R0...R31, T0...T31
4M/8M mode for serial buses R32...R63, T32...T63
Table: PCM mode settings on the SBMUX-A (SW1).
Switch Default setting Function Note
1-8 ON (8M) 8M mode selected: Internal SBMUX-A PCM circuits 0 … 127 are connected through R0…R31, T0…T31 serial buses
Default setting for SBMUX-A in GTIC 2 / combined BSC/TCSM (S14) cartridge slots 01, 02 and in GTIC 3 / combined BSC/TCSM (S14) cartridge slots 01, 02
2-7 ON (8M) 8M mode selected: Internal SBMUX-A PCM circuits 128 … 255 are connected through R32…R63, T32…T63 serial buses.
Default setting for SBMUX-A in GTIC 2 / combined BSC/TCSM (S14) cartridge slots 01, 02 and in GTIC 3 / combined BSC/TCSM (S14) cartridge slots 01, 02
3-6 Reserved
4-5 Reserved
11.4.3 Interchangeability code settings (SW2)
The setting of the interchangeability code (ICC code) is presented in the table below.
Table: Interchangeability settings on the SBMUX-A (SW2).
Switch Default setting Function
1-8 OFF Interchangeability code bit 3
2-7 OFF Interchangeability code bit 2
3-6 OFF Interchangeability code bit 1
4-5 OFF Interchangeability code bit 0
The table below presents the setting of the interchangeability code.
Table: Interchangeability code (ICC) settings (SW2).
ICC code Switch setting
Appendix
132 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
ICC code Switch setting
Switch 1 Switch 2 Switch 3 Switch 4
A OFF OFF OFF OFF
B OFF OFF OFF ON
C OFF OFF ON OFF
D OFF OFF ON ON
E OFF ON OFF OFF
F OFF ON OFF ON
G OFF ON ON OFF
H OFF ON ON ON
J ON OFF OFF OFF
K ON OFF OFF ON
L ON OFF ON OFF
M ON OFF ON ON
N ON ON OFF OFF
P ON ON OFF ON
R ON ON ON OFF
The first interchangeability code A corresponds to all switches OFF, after which the settings start to roll for each interchangeability code change.
11.4.4 Serial Broadband 1 Interface settings (SW3)
The setting of the Serial Broadband Interface capacity is presented in the table below.
Table: Serial Broadband Interface SB1 settings on the SBMUX-A (SW3).
Switch Function Note
1 2 3 4
Appendix
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 133 (173)
Switch Function Note
ON ON OFF OFF PCM circuits 0…47 are connected through Serial Broadband 1 interface.
Default setting for SBMUX-As in GTIC 2 & 3 / combined BSC/TCSM installation (S14) cartridge slots 01 and 02
11.4.5 Serial Broadband SB2 settings (SW4)
The setting of the Serial Broadband Interface capacity is presented in the table below.
Table: Serial Broadband Interface SB2 settings on the SBMUX-A (SW4).
Switch Function Note
1 2 3 4
OFF OFF ON OFF PCM circuits 64…127 are connected through Serial Broadband 2 interface.
Default setting for SBMUX-As in GTIC 2 & 3 / combined BSC/TCSM installation (S14) cartridge slots 01 and 02.
11.4.6 Serial Broadband SB3 settings (SW5)
The setting of the Serial Broadband Interface capacity is presented in the table below.
Table: Serial Broadband Interface SB3 settings on the SBMUX-A (SW5).
Switch Function
1 2 3 4
OFF OFF ON OFF PCM circuits 128…191 are connected through Serial Broadband 3 interface.
Default setting for SBMUX-As in GTIC 2 & 3 / combined BSC/TCSM installation (S14) cartridge slots 01 and 02.
11.4.7 Serial Broadband interface SB4 settings (SW6)
The setting of the Serial Broadband Interface capacity is presented in the table below.
Table: Serial Broadband Interface SB4 settings on the SBMUX-A (SW6).
Appendix
134 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
Switch Function Note
1 2 3 4
OFF OFF ON OFF PCM circuits 192…255 are connected through Serial Broadband 4 interface.
Default setting for SBMUX-As in GTIC 2 & 3 / combined BSC/TCSM installation (S14) cartridge slots 01 and 02.
11.5 SW256B jumper settings
11.5.1 PCM mode settings (SW1)
The PCM mode set up is made with micro switches:
- 4M/8M mode for serial buses R0...R31, T0...T31
- 4M/8M mode for serial buses R32...R63, T32...T63
11.5.1.1 BSC part is BSC3i 1000
Appendix
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 135 (173)
Table: PCM mode settings on the SW256B (SW1). SW1 Switch Slot 1 (1-8) 2 (2-7) 3 (3-6) 4 (4-5) Note! SW256B 0 01 OFF OFF OFF OFF PCM 0-255 4M mode selected SW256B 1 02 OFF OFF OFF OFF PCM 256-511 4M mode selected SW256B 2 03 ON ON OFF OFF PCM 512-767 8M mode selected SW256B 3 04 ON ON OFF OFF PCM 768-1023 8M mode selected SW256B 4 05 OFF OFF OFF OFF PCM 1024-1279 4M mode selected SW256B 5 06 ON ON OFF OFF PCM 1280-1535 8M mode selected SW256B 6 07 ON ON OFF OFF PCM 1536-1791 8M mode selected SW256B 7 08 ON ON OFF OFF PCM 1792-2047 8M mode selected
11.5.1.2 BSC part is new delivery Flexi BSC SW1 Switch Slot 1 (1-8) 2 (2-7) 3 (3-6) 4 (4-5) Note! SW256B 0 01 OFF OFF OFF OFF PCM 0-255 4M mode selected SW256B 1 02 ON ON OFF OFF PCM 256-511 8M mode selected SW256B 2 03 ON ON OFF OFF PCM 512-767 8M mode selected SW256B 3 04 ON ON OFF OFF PCM 768-1023 8M mode selected SW256B 4 05 ON ON OFF OFF PCM 1024-1279 8M mode selected SW256B 5 06 ON ON OFF OFF PCM 1280-1535 8M mode selected SW256B 6 07 ON ON OFF OFF PCM 1536-1791 8M mode selected SW256B 7 08 ON ON OFF OFF PCM 1792-2047 8M mode selected
11.5.1.3 BSC part is upgraded Flexi BSC SW1 Switch Slot 1 (1-8) 2 (2-7) 3 (3-6) 4 (4-5) Note! SW256B 0 01 OFF OFF OFF OFF PCM 0-255 4M mode selected SW256B 1 02 OFF OFF OFF OFF PCM 256-511 4M mode selected SW256B 2 03 ON ON OFF OFF PCM 512-767 8M mode selected SW256B 3 04 ON ON OFF OFF PCM 768-1023 8M mode selected SW256B 4 05 ON ON OFF OFF PCM 1024-1279 8M mode selected SW256B 5 06 ON ON OFF OFF PCM 1280-1535 8M mode selected SW256B 6 07 ON ON OFF OFF PCM 1536-1791 8M mode selected SW256B 7 08 ON ON OFF OFF PCM 1792-2047 8M mode selected
Appendix
136 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
11.5.2 Interchangeability code settings (SW2)
The setting of the interchangeability code (ICC code) is presented in the table below.
Table: Interchangeability settings on the SW256B (SW2).
Switch Default setting Function 1-8 OFF Interchangeability code bit 32-7 OFF Interchangeability code bit 23-6 OFF Interchangeability code bit 14-5 OFF Interchangeability code bit 0
The table below presents the setting of the interchangeability code.
Table: Interchangeability code (ICC) settings (SW2).
ICC code Switch setting
Switch 1 Switch 2 Switch 3 Switch 4A OFF OFF OFF OFF B OFF OFF OFF ON C OFF OFF ON OFF D OFF OFF ON ON E OFF ON OFF OFF F OFF ON OFF ON G OFF ON ON OFF H OFF ON ON ON J ON OFF OFF OFF K ON OFF OFF ON L ON OFF ON OFF M ON OFF ON ON N ON ON OFF OFF P ON ON OFF ON R ON ON ON OFF
The first interchangeability code A corresponds to all switches OFF, after which the settings start to roll for each interchangeability code change.
Appendix
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 137 (173)
11.5.3 Serial Broadband SB1 settings (SW3)
The setting of the Serial Broadband Interface capacity is presented in the table below.
11.5.3.1 BSC part is BSC3i 1000
Table: Serial Broadband Interface SB1 settings on the SW256B (SW3).
SW3 Switch Slot 1 (1-8) 2 (2-7) 3 (3-6) 4 (4-5) Note! SW256B 0 01 OFF OFF OFF OFF SB1 interface is disabled SW256B 1 02 OFF OFF OFF OFF SB1 interface is disabled SW256B 2 03 OFF OFF OFF OFF SB1 interface is disabled SW256B 3 04 OFF OFF OFF OFF SB1 interface is disabled SW256B 4 05 OFF OFF OFF OFF SB1 interface is disabled SW256B 5 06 ON ON OFF OFF SB1 interface, PCM circuits 1280-1327
connected to SBMUX-A in slot 01 of GTIC 2 & GTIC 3SW256B 6 07 ON ON OFF OFF SB1 interface, PCM circuits 1536-1583
connected to SBMUX-A in slot 02 of GTIC 2 & GTIC 3SW256B 7 08 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB1 interface, PCM circuits 1792-1855 connected.
Selected if interface 0 of ETS2 in GTIC 1 slot 03 or interface 0 of ETS2 in GTIC 1 slot 05 connected.
*) If ETS2 in not connected in this PCM position, switch must be OFF
11.5.3.2 BSC part is new delivery Flexi BSC
SW3 Switch Slot 1 (1-8) 2 (2-7) 3 (3-6) 4 (4-5) Note! SW256B 0 01 OFF OFF OFF OFF SB1 interface is disabled SW256B 1 02 OFF OFF OFF OFF SB1 interface is disabled SW256B 2 03 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB1 interface, PCM circuits 512-575 connected.
A. Selected if SB1 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 & 0 slot 17 connected. B. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 slot 13 connected.
SW256B 3 04 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB1 interface, PCM circuits 768-831 connected. A. Selected if SB1 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 & 0 slot 15 connected. B. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 slot 11 connected.
SW256B 4 05 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB1 interface, PCM circuits 1024-1087 connected. A. Selected if SB1 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 & 0 slot 16 connected. B. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 slot 12 connected.
SW256B 5 06 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB1 interface, PCM circuits 1280-1343 connected. A. Selected if SB1 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 & 1 slot 13 connected.
Appendix
138 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
B. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 slot 13 connected.
SW256B 6 07 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB1 interface, PCM circuits 1536-1599 connected. A. Selected if SB1 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 & 1 slot 11 connected. B. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 slot 11 connected.
SW256B 7 08 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB1 interface, PCM circuits 1792-1855 connected. A. Selected if SB1 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 & 1 slot 12 connected. B. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 slot 12 connected.
*) If ETS2 or ETIP1-A is not connected in this PCM position, switch must be OFF A. HW redundancy is in use. B. Transmission redundancy is in use and full capacity of ETS2 and/or ETIP1-A plug-in units is used.
11.5.3.3 BSC part is upgraded Flexi BSC SW3 Switch Slot 1 (1-8) 2 (2-7) 3 (3-6) 4 (4-5) Note! SW256B 0 01 OFF OFF OFF OFF SB1 interface is disabled SW256B 1 02 OFF OFF OFF OFF SB1 interface is disabled SW256B 2 03 OFF OFF OFF OFF SB1 interface is disabled SW256B 3 04 ON **) ON **) OFF OFF SB1 interface, PCM circuits 768-815 connected to
SBMUX-A in slot 01 of GTIC 5 & GTIC 6 (TC2C 1) SW256B 4 05 ON **) ON **) OFF OFF SB1 interface, PCM circuits 1024-1071 connected to
SBMUX-A in slot 01 of GTIC 8 & GTIC 9 (TC2C 2) SW256B 5 06 ON **) ON **) OFF OFF SB1 interface, PCM circuits 1280-1327 connected to
SBMUX-A in slot 01 of GTIC 2 & GTIC 3 (TC2C 0) SW256B 6 07 ON **) ON **) OFF OFF SB1 interface, PCM circuits 1536-1583 connected to
SBMUX-A in slot 02 of GTIC 2 & GTIC 3 (TC2C 0) SW256B 7 08 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB1 interface, PCM circuits 1792-1855 connected.
A. Selected if SB1 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 & 0 slot 07 connected. B. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 slot 03 connected. C. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 slot 05 connected.
*) If ETS2 or ETIP1-A is not connected in this PCM position, switch must be OFF **) If SBMUX-A is not connected in this PCM position, switch must be OFF A. HW redundancy is in use. B. Transmission redundancy is in use and full capacity of ETS2 and/or ETIP1-A plug-in units is used. C. Transmission redundancy is in use and half capacity of ETS2 and/or ETIP1-A plug-in units is used.
11.5.4 Serial Broadband SB2 settings (SW4)
Appendix
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 139 (173)
11.5.4.1 BSC part is new delivery Flexi BSC
SW4 Switch Slot 1 (1-8) 2 (2-7) 3 (3-6) 4 (4-5) Note! SW256B 0 01 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB2 interface, PCM circuits 64-127 connected.
A. Selected if SB1 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 & 1 slot 10 connected. B. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 slot 10 connected.
SW256B 1 02 OFF OFF OFF OFF SB2 interface is disabled SW256B 2 03 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB2 interface, PCM circuits 576-639 connected.
A. Selected if SB2 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 & 0 slot 17 connected. B. Selected if SB2 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 slot 13 connected.
SW256B 3 04 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB2 interface, PCM circuits 832-895 connected. A. Selected if SB2 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 & 0 slot 15 connected. B. Selected if SB2 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 slot 11 connected.
SW256B 4 05 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB2 interface, PCM circuits 1088-1151 connected. A. Selected if SB2 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 & 0 slot 16 connected. B. Selected if SB2 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 slot 12 connected.
SW256B 5 06 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB2 interface, PCM circuits 1344-1407 connected. A. Selected if SB2 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 & 1 slot 13 connected. B. Selected if SB2 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 slot 13 connected.
SW256B 6 07 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB2 interface, PCM circuits 1600-1663 connected. A. Selected if SB2 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 & 1 slot 11 connected. B. Selected if SB2 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 slot 11 connected..
SW256B 7 08 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB2 interface, PCM circuits 1856-1919 connected. A. Selected if SB2 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 & 1 slot 12 connected. B. Selected if SB2 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 slot 12 connected.
*) If ETS2 or ETIP1-A is not connected in this PCM position, switch must be OFF A. HW redundancy is in use. B. Transmission redundancy is in use and full capacity of ETS2 and/or ETIP1-A plug-in units is used.
11.5.4.2 BSC part is upgraded Flexi BSC SW4 Switch Slot 1 (1-8) 2 (2-7) 3 (3-6) 4 (4-5) Note! SW256B 0 01 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB2 interface, PCM circuits 64-127 connected.
A. Selected if SB1 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 & 1 slot 01 connected. B. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
Appendix
140 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
GTIC 0 slot 01 connected. C. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 slot 01 connected.
SW256B 1 02 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB2 interface, PCM circuits 320-383 connected. A. Selected if SB1 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 & 1 slot 02 connected. B. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 slot 02 connected. C. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 slot 03 connected.
SW256B 2 03 OFF OFF OFF OFF SB2 interface is disabled. SW256B 3 04 ON **) ON **) OFF OFF SB2 interface, PCM circuits 832-879 connected to
SBMUX-A in slot 02 of GTIC 5 & GTIC 6 (TC2C 1) SW256B 4 05 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB2 interface, PCM circuits 1088-1151 connected.
A. Selected if SB1 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 & 1 slot 03 connected. B. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 slot 03 connected. C. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 slot 05 connected.
SW256B 5 06 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB2 interface, PCM circuits 1344-1407 connected. A. Selected if SB1 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 & 0 slot 05 connected. B. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 slot 01 connected. C. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 slot 01 connected.
SW256B 6 07 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB2 interface, PCM circuits 1600-1663 connected. A. Selected if SB2 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 & 0 slot 05 connected. B. Selected if SB2 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 slot 01 connected. C. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 slot 02 connected.
SW256B 7 08 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB2 interface, PCM circuits 1856-1919 connected. A. Selected if SB2 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 & 0 slot 07 connected. B. Selected if SB2 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 slot 03 connected. C. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 slot 06 connected.
*) If ETS2 or ETIP1-A is not connected in this PCM position, switch must be OFF **) If SBMUX-A is not connected in this PCM position, switch must be OFF A. HW redundancy is in use. B. Transmission redundancy is in use and full capacity of ETS2 and/or ETIP1-A plug-in units is used. C. Transmission redundancy is in use and half capacity of ETS2 and/or ETIP1-A plug-in units is used.
Appendix
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 141 (173)
11.5.5 Serial Broadband SB3 settings (SW5)
The setting of the Serial Broadband Interface capacity is presented in the table below.
11.5.5.1 BSC part is BSC3i 1000
Table: Serial Broadband Interface SB3 settings on the SW256B (SW5).
SW5 Switch Slot 1 (1-8) 2 (2-7) 3 (3-6) 4 (4-5) Note! SW256B 0 01 OFF OFF OFF OFF SB3 interface is disabled SW256B 1 02 OFF OFF OFF OFF SB3 interface is disabled SW256B 2 03 OFF OFF OFF OFF SB3 interface is disabled SW256B 3 04 OFF OFF OFF OFF SB3 interface is disabled SW256B 4 05 OFF OFF OFF OFF SB3 interface is disabled SW256B 5 06 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB3 interface, PCM circuits 1408-1471 connected.
Selected if interface 0 of ETS2 in GTIC 0 slot 04 or interface 0 of ETS2 in GTIC 0 slot 07 connected.
SW256B 6 07 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB3 interface, PCM circuits 1664-1727 connected. Selected if interface 0 of ETS2 in GTIC 1 slot 02 or interface 0 of ETS2 in GTIC 1 slot 03 connected.
SW256B 7 08 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB3 interface, PCM circuits 1920-1983 connected. Selected if interface 0 of ETS2 in GTIC 1 slot 04 or interface 0 of ETS2 in GTIC 1 slot 07 connected.
*) If ETS2 in not connected in this PCM position, switch must be OFF
11.5.5.2 BSC part is new delivery Flexi BSC
SW5 Switch Slot 1 (1-8) 2 (2-7) 3 (3-6) 4 (4-5) Note! SW256B 0 01 OFF OFF OFF OFF SB3 interface is disabled SW256B 1 02 OFF OFF OFF OFF SB3 interface is disabled SW256B 2 03 OFF OFF OFF OFF SB3 interface is disabled SW256B 3 04 OFF OFF OFF OFF SB3 interface is disabled SW256B 4 05 ON **) ON **) OFF OFF SB3 interface, PCM circuits 1152-1199 connected to
SBMUX-A in slot 01 of GTIC 8 & GTIC 9 (TC2C 2) SW256B 5 06 ON **) ON **) OFF OFF SB3 interface, PCM circuits 1408-1455 connected to
SBMUX-A in slot 01 of GTIC 5 & GTIC 6 (TC2C 1) SW256B 6 07 ON **) ON **) OFF OFF SB3 interface, PCM circuits 1664-1711 connected to
SBMUX-A in slot 01 of GTIC 2 & GTIC 3 (TC2C 0) SW256B 7 08 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB3 interface, PCM circuits 1920-1983 connected.
A. Selected if SB1 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 & 0 slot 14 connected. B. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 slot 10 connected.
*) If ETS2 or ETIP1-A is not connected in this PCM position, switch must be OFF **) If SBMUX-A is not connected in this PCM position, switch must be OFF
Appendix
142 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
A. HW redundancy is in use. B. Transmission redundancy is in use and full capacity of ETS2 and/or ETIP1-A plug-in units is used.
11.5.5.3 BSC part is upgraded Flexi BSC
SW5 Switch Slot 1 (1-8) 2 (2-7) 3 (3-6) 4 (4-5) Note! SW256B 0 01 OFF OFF OFF OFF SB3 interface is disabled SW256B 1 02 OFF OFF OFF OFF SB3 interface is disabled SW256B 2 03 OFF OFF OFF OFF SB3 interface is disabled SW256B 3 04 OFF OFF OFF OFF SB3 interface is disabled SW256B 4 05 ON **) ON **) OFF OFF SB3 interface, PCM circuits 1152-1199 connected to
SBMUX-A in slot 02 of GTIC 8 & GTIC 9 (TC2C 2) SW256B 5 06 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB3 interface, PCM circuits 1408-1471 connected.
A. Selected if SB1 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 & 1 slot 04 connected. B. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 slot 04 connected. C. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 slot 07 connected.
SW256B 6 07 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB3 interface, PCM circuits 1664-1727 connected. A. Selected if SB1 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 & 0 slot 06 connected. B. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 slot 02 connected. C. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 slot 03 connected.
SW256B 7 08 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB3 interface, PCM circuits 1920-1983 connected. A. Selected if SB1 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 & 0 slot 08 connected. B. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 slot 04 connected. C. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 slot 07 connected.
*) If ETS2 or ETIP1-A is not connected in this PCM position, switch must be OFF **) If SBMUX-A is not connected in this PCM position, switch must be OFF A. HW redundancy is in use. B. Transmission redundancy is in use and full capacity of ETS2 and/or ETIP1-A plug-in units is used. C. Transmission redundancy is in use and half capacity of ETS2 and/or ETIP1-A plug-in units is used.
11.5.6 Serial Broadband interface SB4 settings (SW6)
The setting of the Serial Broadband Interface capacity is presented in the table below.
Appendix
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 143 (173)
11.5.6.1 BSC part is BSC3i 1000
Table: Serial Broadband Interface SB4 settings on the SW256B (SW6).
SW6 Switch Slot 1 (1-8) 2 (2-7) 3 (3-6) 4 (4-5) Note! SW256B 0 01 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB4 interface, PCM circuits 192-255 connected.
Selected if interface 1 of ETS2 in GTIC 0 slot 01 or interface 0 of ETS2 in GTIC 0 slot 02 connected.
SW256B 1 02 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB4 interface, PCM circuits 448-511 connected. Selected if interface 1 of ETS2 in GTIC 0 slot 02 or interface 0 of ETS2 in GTIC 0 slot 04 connected.
SW256B 2 03 OFF OFF OFF OFF SB4 interface is disabled SW256B 3 04 OFF OFF OFF OFF SB4 interface is disabled SW256B 4 05 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB4 interface, PCM circuits 1216-1279
connected. Selected if interface 1 of ETS2 in GTIC 0 slot 03 or interface 0 of ETS2 in GTIC 0 slot 06 connected.
SW256B 5 06 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB4 interface, PCM circuits 1472-1535 connected. Selected if interface 1 of ETS2 in GTIC 0 slot 04 or interface 0 of ETS2 in GTIC 0 slot 08 connected.
SW256B 6 07 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB4 interface, PCM circuits 1728-1791 connected. Selected if interface 1 of ETS2 in GTIC 1 slot 02 or interface 0 of ETS2 in GTIC 1 slot 04 connected.
SW256B 7 08 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB4 interface, PCM circuits 1984-2047 connected. Selected if interface 1 of ETS2 in GTIC 1 slot 04 or interface 0 of ETS2 in GTIC 1 slot 08 connected.
*) If ETS2 in not connected in this PCM position, switch must be OFF
11.5.6.2 BSC part is new delivery Flexi BSC
SW6 Switch Slot 1 (1-8) 2 (2-7) 3 (3-6) 4 (4-5) Note! SW256B 0 01 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB4 interface, PCM circuits 192-255 connected.
A. Selected if SB2 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 & 1 slot 10 connected. B. Selected if SB2 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 slot 10 connected.
SW256B 1 02 OFF OFF OFF OFF SB4 interface is disabled SW256B 2 03 OFF OFF OFF OFF SB4 interface is disabled SW256B 3 04 OFF OFF OFF OFF SB4 interface is disabled SW256B 4 05 ON **) ON **) OFF OFF SB4 interface, PCM circuits 1216-1263 connected to
SBMUX-A in slot 02 of GTIC 8 & GTIC 9 (TC2C 2)
Appendix
144 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
SW256B 5 06 ON **) ON **) OFF OFF SB4 interface, PCM circuits 1472-1519 connected to SBMUX-A in slot 02 of GTIC 5 & GTIC 6 (TC2C 1)
SW256B 6 07 ON **) ON **) OFF OFF SB4 interface, PCM circuits 1728-1775 connected to SBMUX-A in slot 02 of GTIC 2 & GTIC 3 (TC2C 0)
SW256B 7 08 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB4 interface, PCM circuits 1984-2047 connected. A. Selected if SB2 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 & 0 slot 14 connected. B. Selected if SB2 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 slot 10 connected.
*) If ETS2 or ETIP1-A is not connected in this PCM position, switch must be OFF **) If SBMUX-A is not connected in this PCM position, switch must be OFF A. HW redundancy is in use. B. Transmission redundancy is in use and full capacity of ETS2 and/or ETIP1-A plug-in units is used.
11.5.6.3 BSC part is upgraded Flexi BSC SW6 Switch Slot 1 (1-8) 2 (2-7) 3 (3-6) 4 (4-5) Note! SW256B 0 01 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB4 interface, PCM circuits 192-255 connected.
A. Selected if SB2 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 & 1 slot 01 connected. B. Selected if SB2 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 slot 01 connected. C. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 slot 02 connected.
SW256B 1 02 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB4 interface, PCM circuits 448-511 connected. A. Selected if SB2 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 & 1 slot 02 connected. B. Selected if SB2 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 slot 02 connected. C. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 slot 04 connected.
SW256B 2 03 OFF OFF OFF OFF SB4 interface is disabled SW256B 3 04 OFF OFF OFF OFF SB4 interface is disabled SW256B 4 05 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB4 interface, PCM circuits 1216-1279 connected.
A. Selected if SB2 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 & 1 slot 03 connected. B. Selected if SB2 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 slot 03 connected. C. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 slot 06 connected.
SW256B 5 06 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB4 interface, PCM circuits 1472-1535 connected. A. Selected if SB2 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 & 1 slot 04 connected. B. Selected if SB2 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 slot 04 connected. C. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 slot 08 connected.
SW256B 6 07 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB4 interface, PCM circuits 1728-1791 connected. A. Selected if SB2 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 & 0 slot 06 connected. B. Selected if SB2 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 slot 02 connected. C. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 slot 04 connected.
Appendix
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 145 (173)
SW256B 7 08 OFF OFF ON *) OFF SB4 interface, PCM circuits 1984-2047 connected. A. Selected if SB2 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 & 0 slot 08 connected. B. Selected if SB2 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 slot 04 connected. C. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1 slot 08 connected.
*) If ETS2 or ETIP1-A is not connected in this PCM position, switch must be OFF A. HW redundancy is in use. B. Transmission redundancy is in use and full capacity of ETS2 and/or ETIP1-A plug-in units is used. C. Transmission redundancy is in use and half capacity of ETS2 and/or ETIP1-A plug-in units is used.
11.6 TR3E jumper settings
Jumpers for these standard settings are set at the factory, and normally there is no need to change them.
Table: Interchangeability code settings of TR3E/A (W7)
ICC code W7 settings
Appendix
146 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
ICC code W7 settings
1 - 8 2 - 7 3 - 6 4 - 5
A ON ON ON ON
B OFF ON ON ON
C ON OFF ON ON
D OFF OFF ON ON
E ON ON OFF ON
F OFF ON OFF ON
G ON OFF OFF ON
H OFF OFF OFF ON
J ON ON ON OFF
K OFF ON ON OFF
L ON OFF ON OFF
M OFF OFF ON OFF
N ON ON OFF OFF
P OFF ON OFF OFF
R ON OFF OFF OFF
11.7 TR3T jumper setting
Appendix
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 147 (173)
There are two pin bars:
1 – Interchangeability pin header; is the 2x4 pin bar located in the up side of the picture (red).
- Bit 0 on position 1 – 6: Not used in the actual version, leave open.
- Bit 1 on position 1 – 6: Not used in the actual version, leave open.
- Bit 2 on position 1 – 6: Not used in the actual version, leave open.
- Bit 3 on position 1 – 6. : Not used in the actual version, leave open.
2 - Operating mode pin header; is the 2x3 pin bar located in the down part of the picture (red).
- No jumpers: Unit works as a transcoder and in ETSI mode
- Jumper on position 1 – 6: Unit works as a transcoder and in ANSI mode. Default open.
Appendix
148 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
- Jumper on position 2 – 5: Not used in the actual version, leave open.
- Jumper on position 3 – 4: CPLD downloading with ispdownload is enabled. Default open.
11.8 Appendix: TCSA-0 cabinet in BSC3i 1000 & Upgraded Flexi BSC (ANSI)
Ater
PCM From GSW2KB To TCSM3i GTIC HOTLINK
TR3E unit&
TC2C cartridge
Dec SW256B SW10C-A FU
PIU + Ind
ETS2 Slot Position Use (Time slots) Note
Track info Index
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-23);
1280 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3392-3396 0,1 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-23);
1281 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3397-3401 1,2 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-23);
1282 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3402-3406 2,3 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-23);
1283 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3407-3411 3,4 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-23);
1284 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3412-3416 4,5 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-23);
1285 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3417-3421 5,6 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-23);
1286 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3422-3426 6,7 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-23);
1287 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3427-3431 7,8 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-23);
1288 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3432-3436 8,9 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-23);
1289 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3437-3441 9,10 TC2C-0
Appendix
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 149 (173)
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-23);
1290 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3442-3446 10,11 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-23);
1291 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3447-3451 11,12 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-23);
1292 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3452-3456 12,13 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-23);
1293 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3457-3461 13,14 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-23);
1294 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3462-3466 14,15 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-23);
1295 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3467-3471 15,16 TC2C-0
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-23);
1296 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3476-3480 0,1 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-23);
1297 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3481-3485 1,2 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-23);
1298 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3486-3490 2,3 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-23);
1299 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3491-3495 3,4 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-23);
1300 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3496-3500 4,5 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-23);
1301 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3501-3505 5,6 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-23);
1302 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3506-3510 6,7 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-23);
1303 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3511-3515 7,8 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-23);
1304 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3516-3520 8,9 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-23);
1305 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3521-3525 9,10 TC2C-1
Appendix
150 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-23);
1306 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3526-3530 10,11 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-23);
1307 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3531-3535 11,12 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-23);
1308 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3536-3540 12,13 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-23);
1309 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3541-3545 13,14 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-23);
1310 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3546-3550 14,15 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-23);
1311 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3551-3555 15,16 TC2C-1
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-23);
1312 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3560-3564 0,1 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-23);
1313 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3565-3569 1,2 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-23);
1314 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3570-3574 2,3 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-23);
1315 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3575-3579 3,4 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-23);
1316 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3580-3584 4,5 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-23);
1317 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3585-3589 5,6 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-23);
1318 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3590-3594 6,7 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-23);
1319 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3595-3599 7,8 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-23);
1320 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3600-3604 8,9 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-23);
1321 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3605-3609 9,10 TC2C-2
Appendix
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 151 (173)
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-23);
1322 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3610-3614 10,11 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-23);
1323 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3615-3619 11,12 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-23);
1324 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3620-3624 12,13 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-23);
1325 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3625-3629 13,14 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-23);
1326 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3630-3634 14,15 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-23);
1327 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3635-3639 15,16 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-23);
1536 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3644-3648 0,1 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-23);
1537 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3649-3653 1,2 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-23);
1538 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3654-3658 2,3 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-23);
1539 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3659-3663 3,4 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-23);
1540 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3664-3668 4,5 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-23);
1541 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3669-3673 5,6 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-23);
1542 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3674-3678 6,7 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-23);
1543 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3679-3683 7,8 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-23);
1544 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3684-3688 8,9 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-23);
1545 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3689-3693 9,10 TC2C-3
Appendix
152 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-23);
1546 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3694-3698 10,11 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-23);
1547 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3699-3703 11,12 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-23);
1548 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3704-3708 12,13 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-23);
1549 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3709-3713 13,14 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-23);
1550 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3714-3718 14,15 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-23);
1551 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3719-3723 15,16 TC2C-3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-23);
1552 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3728-3732 0,1 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-23);
1553 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3733-3737 1,2 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-23);
1554 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3738-3742 2,3 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-23);
1555 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3743-3747 3,4 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-23);
1556 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3748-3752 4,5 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-23);
1557 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3753-3757 5,6 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-23);
1558 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3758-3762 6,7 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-23);
1559 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3763-3767 7,8 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-23);
1560 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3768-3772 8,9 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-23);
1561 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3773-3777 9,10 TC2C-4
Appendix
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 153 (173)
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-23);
1562 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3778-3782 10,11 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-23);
1563 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3783-3787 11,12 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-23);
1564 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3788-3792 12,13 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-23);
1565 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3793-3797 13,14 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-23);
1566 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3798-3802 14,15 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-23);
1567 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3803-3807 15,16 TC2C-4
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-23);
1568 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3812-3816 0,1 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-23);
1569 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3817-3821 1,2 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-23);
1570 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3822-3826 2,3 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-23);
1571 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3827-3831 3,4 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-23);
1572 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3832-3836 4,5 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-23);
1573 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3837-3841 5,6 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-23);
1574 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3842-3846 6,7 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-23);
1575 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3847-3851 7,8 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-23);
1576 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3852-3856 8,9 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-23);
1577 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3857-3861 9,10 TC2C-5
Appendix
154 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-23);
1578 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3862-3866 10,11 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-23);
1579 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3867-3871 11,12 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-23);
1580 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3872-3876 12,13 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-23);
1581 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3877-3881 13,14 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-23);
1582 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3882-3886 14,15 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-23);
1583 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3887-3891 15,16 TC2C-5
11.9 Appendix: TCSA-0 cabinet in case of New delivery Flexi BSC (ANSI)
Ater
PCM
From GSW2KB-A To TCSM3i GTIC HOTLINK
TR3E unit&
TC2C cartridge
Dec SW256B SGC1C-A FU
PIU + Ind
ETS2 Slot Position Use (Time slots) Note
Track info Index
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-23);
1664 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3392-3396 0,1 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-23);
1665 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3397-3401 1,2 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-23);
1666 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3402-3406 2,3 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-23);
1667 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3407-3411 3,4 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-23);
1668 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3412-3416 4,5 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-23);
1669 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3417-3421 5,6 TC2C-0
Appendix
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 155 (173)
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-23);
1670 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3422-3426 6,7 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-23);
1671 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3427-3431 7,8 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-23);
1672 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3432-3436 8,9 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-23);
1673 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3437-3441 9,10 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-23);
1674 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3442-3446 10,11 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-23);
1675 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3447-3451 11,12 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-23);
1676 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3452-3456 12,13 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-23);
1677 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3457-3461 13,14 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-23);
1678 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3462-3466 14,15 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-23);
1679 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3467-3471 15,16 TC2C-0
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-23);
1680 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3476-3480 0,1 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-23);
1681 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3481-3485 1,2 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-23);
1682 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3486-3490 2,3 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-23);
1683 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3491-3495 3,4 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-23);
1684 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3496-3500 4,5 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-23);
1685 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3501-3505 5,6 TC2C-1
Appendix
156 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-23);
1686 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3506-3510 6,7 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-23);
1687 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3511-3515 7,8 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-23);
1688 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3516-3520 8,9 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-23);
1689 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3521-3525 9,10 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-23);
1690 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3526-3530 10,11 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-23);
1691 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3531-3535 11,12 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-23);
1692 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3536-3540 12,13 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-23);
1693 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3541-3545 13,14 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-23);
1694 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3546-3550 14,15 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-23);
1695 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3551-3555 15,16 TC2C-1
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-23);
1696 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3560-3564 0,1 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-23);
1697 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3565-3569 1,2 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-23);
1698 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3570-3574 2,3 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-23);
1699 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3575-3579 3,4 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-23);
1700 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3580-3584 4,5 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-23);
1701 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3585-3589 5,6 TC2C-2
Appendix
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 157 (173)
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-23);
1702 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3590-3594 6,7 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-23);
1703 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3595-3599 7,8 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-23);
1704 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3600-3604 8,9 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-23);
1705 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3605-3609 9,10 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-23);
1706 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3610-3614 10,11 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-23);
1707 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3615-3619 11,12 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-23);
1708 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3620-3624 12,13 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-23);
1709 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3625-3629 13,14 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-23);
1710 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3630-3634 14,15 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-23);
1711 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3635-3639 15,16 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-23);
1728 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3644-3648 0,1 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-23);
1729 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3649-3653 1,2 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-23);
1730 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3654-3658 2,3 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-23);
1731 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3659-3663 3,4 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-23);
1732 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3664-3668 4,5 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-23);
1733 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3669-3673 5,6 TC2C-3
Appendix
158 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-23);
1734 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3674-3678 6,7 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-23);
1735 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3679-3683 7,8 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-23);
1736 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3684-3688 8,9 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-23);
1737 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3689-3693 9,10 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-23);
1738 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3694-3698 10,11 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-23);
1739 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3699-3703 11,12 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-23);
1740 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3704-3708 12,13 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-23);
1741 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3709-3713 13,14 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-23);
1742 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3714-3718 14,15 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-23);
1743 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3719-3723 15,16 TC2C-3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-23);
1744 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3728-3732 0,1 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-23);
1745 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3733-3737 1,2 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-23);
1746 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3738-3742 2,3 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-23);
1747 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3743-3747 3,4 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-23);
1748 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3748-3752 4,5 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-23);
1749 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3753-3757 5,6 TC2C-4
Appendix
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 159 (173)
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-23);
1750 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3758-3762 6,7 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-23);
1751 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3763-3767 7,8 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-23);
1752 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3768-3772 8,9 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-23);
1753 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3773-3777 9,10 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-23);
1754 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3778-3782 10,11 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-23);
1755 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3783-3787 11,12 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-23);
1756 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3788-3792 12,13 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-23);
1757 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3793-3797 13,14 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-23);
1758 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3798-3802 14,15 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-23);
1759 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3803-3807 15,16 TC2C-4
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-23);
1760 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3812-3816 0,1 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-23);
1761 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3817-3821 1,2 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-23);
1762 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3822-3826 2,3 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-23);
1763 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3827-3831 3,4 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-23);
1764 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3832-3836 4,5 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-23);
1765 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3837-3841 5,6 TC2C-5
Appendix
160 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-23);
1766 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3842-3846 6,7 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-23);
1767 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3847-3851 7,8 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-23);
1768 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3852-3856 8,9 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-23);
1769 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3857-3861 9,10 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-23);
1770 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3862-3866 10,11 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-23);
1771 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3867-3871 11,12 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-23);
1772 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3872-3876 12,13 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-23);
1773 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3877-3881 13,14 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-23);
1774 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3882-3886 14,15 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-23);
1775 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3887-3891 15,16 TC2C-5
11.10 Appendix: TCSA-0 cabinet in BSC3i 1000 & Upgraded Flexi BSC (ETSI)
Ater
PCM From GSW2KB To TCSM3i GTIC HOTLINK
TR3E unit&
TC2C cartridge
Dec SW256B SW10C-A FU
PIU + Ind
ETS2 Slot Position Use (Time slots) Note
Track info Index
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-30);
1280 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3392-3395 0,1 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-30);
1281 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3396-3399 1,2 TC2C-0
Appendix
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 161 (173)
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-30);
1282 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3400-3403 2,3 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-30);
1283 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3404-3407 3,4 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-30);
1284 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3408-3411 4,5 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-30);
1285 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3412-3415 5,6 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-30);
1286 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3416-3419 6,7 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-30);
1287 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3420-3423 7,8 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-30);
1288 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3424-3427 8,9 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-30);
1289 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3428-3431 9,10 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-30);
1290 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3432-3435 10,11 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-30);
1291 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3436-3439 11,12 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-30);
1292 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3440-3443 12,13 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-30);
1293 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3444-3447 13,14 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-30);
1294 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3448-3451 14,15 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-30);
1295 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3452-3454 15,16 TC2C-0
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-30);
1296 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3456-3459 0,1 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-30);
1297 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3460-3463 1,2 TC2C-1
Appendix
162 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-30);
1298 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3464-3467 2,3 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-30);
1299 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3468-3471 3,4 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-30);
1300 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3472-3475 4,5 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-30);
1301 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3476-3479 5,6 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-30);
1302 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3480-3483 6,7 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-30);
1303 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3484-3487 7,8 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-30);
1304 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3488-3491 8,9 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-30);
1305 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3492-3495 9,10 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-30);
1306 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3496-3499 10,11 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-30);
1307 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3500-3503 11,12 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-30);
1308 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3504-3507 12,13 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-30);
1309 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3508-3511 13,14 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-30);
1310 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3512-3515 14,15 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-30);
1311 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3516-3518 15,16 TC2C-1
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-30);
1312 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3520-3523 0,1 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-30);
1313 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3524-3527 1,2 TC2C-2
Appendix
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 163 (173)
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-30);
1314 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3528-3531 2,3 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-30);
1315 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3532-3535 3,4 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-30);
1316 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3536-3539 4,5 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-30);
1317 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3540-3543 5,6 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-30);
1318 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3544-3547 6,7 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-30);
1319 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3548-3551 7,8 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-30);
1320 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3552-3555 8,9 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-30);
1321 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3556-3559 9,10 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-30);
1322 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3560-3563 10,11 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-30);
1323 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3564-3567 11,12 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-30);
1324 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3568-3571 12,13 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-30);
1325 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3572-3575 13,14 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-30);
1326 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3576-3579 14,15 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-30);
1327 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3580-3582 15,16 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-30);
1536 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3584-3587 0,1 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-30);
1537 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3588-3591 1,2 TC2C-3
Appendix
164 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-30);
1538 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3592-3595 2,3 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-30);
1539 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3596-3599 3,4 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-30);
1540 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3600-3603 4,5 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-30);
1541 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3604-3607 5,6 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-30);
1542 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3608-3611 6,7 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-30);
1543 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3612-3615 7,8 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-30);
1544 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3616-3619 8,9 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-30);
1545 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3620-3623 9,10 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-30);
1546 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3624-3627 10,11 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-30);
1547 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3628-3631 11,12 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-30);
1548 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3632-3635 12,13 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-30);
1549 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3636-3639 13,14 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-30);
1550 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3640-3643 14,15 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-30);
1551 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3644-3646 15,16 TC2C-3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-30);
1552 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3648-3651 0,1 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-30);
1553 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3652-3655 1,2 TC2C-4
Appendix
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 165 (173)
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-30);
1554 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3656-3659 2,3 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-30);
1555 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3660-3663 3,4 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-30);
1556 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3664-3667 4,5 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-30);
1557 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3668-3671 5,6 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-30);
1558 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3672-3675 6,7 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-30);
1559 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3676-3679 7,8 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-30);
1560 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3680-3683 8,9 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-30);
1561 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3684-3687 9,10 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-30);
1562 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3688-3691 10,11 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-30);
1563 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3692-3695 11,12 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-30);
1564 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3696-3699 12,13 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-30);
1565 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3700-3703 13,14 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-30);
1566 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3704-3707 14,15 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-30);
1567 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3708-3710 15,16 TC2C-4
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-30);
1568 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3712-3715 0,1 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-30);
1569 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3716-3719 1,2 TC2C-5
Appendix
166 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-30);
1570 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3720-3723 2,3 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-30);
1571 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3724-3727 3,4 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-30);
1572 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3728-3731 4,5 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-30);
1573 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3732-3735 5,6 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-30);
1574 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3736-3739 6,7 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-30);
1575 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3740-3743 7,8 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-30);
1576 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3744-3747 8,9 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-30);
1577 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3748-3751 9,10 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-30);
1578 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3752-3755 10,11 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-30);
1579 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3756-3759 11,12 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-30);
1580 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3760-3763 12,13 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-30);
1581 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3764-3767 13,14 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-30);
1582 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3768-3771 14,15 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-30);
1583 6
F 07.SB1-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3772-3774 15,16 TC2C-5
Appendix
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 167 (173)
11.11 Appendix: TCSA-0 cabinet in case of New delivery Flexi BSC (ETSI)
Ater
PCM
From GSW2KB-A To TCSM3i GTIC HOTLINK
TR3E unit&
TC2C cartridge
Dec SW256B SGC1C-A FU
PIU + Ind
ETS2 Slot Position Use (Time slots) Note
Track info Index
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-30);
1664 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3392-3395 0,1 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-30);
1665 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3396-3399 1,2 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-30);
1666 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3400-3403 2,3 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-30);
1667 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3404-3407 3,4 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-30);
1668 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3408-3411 4,5 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-30);
1669 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3412-3415 5,6 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-30);
1670 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3416-3419 6,7 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-30);
1671 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3420-3423 7,8 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-30);
1672 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3424-3427 8,9 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-30);
1673 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3428-3431 9,10 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-30);
1674 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3432-3435 10,11 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-30);
1675 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3436-3439 11,12 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-30);
1676 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3440-3443 12,13 TC2C-0
1677 5 F ET STMU 5 F IF 0/SET 128 & 129
ETs 13,14 TC2C-0
Appendix
168 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
(1-30); 07.SB3-0 32
05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
3444-3447
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-30);
1678 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3448-3451 14,15 TC2C-0
IF 0/SET 128 & 129 (1-30);
1679 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3452-3454 15,16 TC2C-0
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-30);
1680 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3456-3459 0,1 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-30);
1681 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3460-3463 1,2 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-30);
1682 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3464-3467 2,3 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-30);
1683 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3468-3471 3,4 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-30);
1684 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3472-3475 4,5 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-30);
1685 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3476-3479 5,6 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-30);
1686 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3480-3483 6,7 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-30);
1687 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3484-3487 7,8 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-30);
1688 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3488-3491 8,9 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-30);
1689 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3492-3495 9,10 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-30);
1690 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3496-3499 10,11 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-30);
1691 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3500-3503 11,12 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-30);
1692 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3504-3507 12,13 TC2C-1
1693 5 F ET STMU 5 F IF 1/SET 130 & 131
ETs 13,14 TC2C-1
Appendix
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 169 (173)
(1-30); 07.SB3-0 32
05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
3508-3511
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-30);
1694 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3512-3515 14,15 TC2C-1
IF 1/SET 130 & 131 (1-30);
1695 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 32 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3516-3518 15,16 TC2C-1
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-30);
1696 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3520-3523 0,1 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-30);
1697 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3524-3527 1,2 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-30);
1698 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3528-3531 2,3 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-30);
1699 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3532-3535 3,4 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-30);
1700 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3536-3539 4,5 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-30);
1701 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3540-3543 5,6 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-30);
1702 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3544-3547 6,7 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-30);
1703 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3548-3551 7,8 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-30);
1704 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3552-3555 8,9 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-30);
1705 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3556-3559 9,10 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-30);
1706 5
F 06.SB1-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3560-3563 10,11 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-30);
1707 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3564-3567 11,12 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-30);
1708 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3568-3571 12,13 TC2C-2
1709 5 F ET STMU 6 F IF 0/SET 136 & 137
ETs 13,14 TC2C-2
Appendix
170 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
(1-30); 07.SB3-0 34
06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
3572-3575
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-30);
1710 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3576-3579 14,15 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137 (1-30);
1711 5
F 07.SB3-0 ET
STMU 34 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 2
ETs 3580-3582 15,16 TC2C-2
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-30);
1728 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3584-3587 0,1 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-30);
1729 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3588-3591 1,2 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-30);
1730 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3592-3595 2,3 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-30);
1731 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3596-3599 3,4 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-30);
1732 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3600-3603 4,5 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-30);
1733 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3604-3607 5,6 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-30);
1734 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3608-3611 6,7 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-30);
1735 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3612-3615 7,8 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-30);
1736 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3616-3619 8,9 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-30);
1737 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3620-3623 9,10 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-30);
1738 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3624-3627 10,11 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-30);
1739 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3628-3631 11,12 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-30);
1740 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3632-3635 12,13 TC2C-3
1741 6 F ET STMU 5 F IF 0/SET 144 & 145
ETs 13,14 TC2C-3
Appendix
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 171 (173)
(1-30); 07.SB4-0 36
05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
3636-3639
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-30);
1742 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3640-3643 14,15 TC2C-3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145 (1-30);
1743 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB1-0 /F 05.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3644-3646 15,16 TC2C-3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-30);
1744 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3648-3651 0,1 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-30);
1745 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3652-3655 1,2 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-30);
1746 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3656-3659 2,3 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-30);
1747 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3660-3663 3,4 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-30);
1748 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3664-3667 4,5 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-30);
1749 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3668-3671 5,6 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-30);
1750 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3672-3675 6,7 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-30);
1751 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3676-3679 7,8 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-30);
1752 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3680-3683 8,9 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-30);
1753 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3684-3687 9,10 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-30);
1754 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3688-3691 10,11 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-30);
1755 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3692-3695 11,12 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-30);
1756 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3696-3699 12,13 TC2C-4
1757 6 F ET STMU 5 F IF 1/SET 146 & 147
ETs 13,14 TC2C-4
Appendix
172 (173) © Nokia Siemens Networks DN0816178Issue 1.15-0
(1-30); 07.SB4-0 36
05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
3700-3703
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-30);
1758 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3704-3707 14,15 TC2C-4
IF 1/SET 146 & 147 (1-30);
1759 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 36 5
F 05.SB2-0 /F 05.SB2-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3708-3710 15,16 TC2C-4
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-30);
1760 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3712-3715 0,1 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-30);
1761 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3716-3719 1,2 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-30);
1762 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3720-3723 2,3 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-30);
1763 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3724-3727 3,4 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-30);
1764 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3728-3731 4,5 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-30);
1765 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3732-3735 5,6 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-30);
1766 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3736-3739 6,7 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-30);
1767 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3740-3743 7,8 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-30);
1768 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3744-3747 8,9 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-30);
1769 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3748-3751 9,10 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-30);
1770 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3752-3755 10,11 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-30);
1771 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3756-3759 11,12 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-30);
1772 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3760-3763 12,13 TC2C-5
1773 6 F ET STMU 6 F IF 0/SET 152 & 153
ETs 13,14 TC2C-5
Appendix
DN0816178 Issue 1.15-0
© Nokia Siemens Networks 173 (173)
(1-30); 07.SB4-0 38
06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
3764-3767
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-30);
1774 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3768-3771 14,15 TC2C-5
IF 0/SET 152 & 153 (1-30);
1775 6
F 07.SB4-0 ET
STMU 38 6
F 06.SB1-0 /F 06.SB1-1 GTIC 3
ETs 3772-3774 15,16 TC2C-5